LaGrange College Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2013 http://archive.org/details/lagrangecollegeu2002lagr VOLUME CLXI SEPTEMBER 2002 NUMBER 1 BULLETIN LAGRANGE, GEORGU CATALOGUE ISSUE 2002-2003 Communications Directory LaGrange CoUege 601 Broad Street LaGrange, Georgia 30240-2999 (706) 880-8000 Fax: (706) 880-8358 www.lgc.edu For prompt attention, please address inquiries as indicated below. Prefix is 706. LaGrange College {general information) 880-8000 Office of the President 880-8230 Director of Admission 880-8253 Controller 880-8232 Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean 880-8235 Vice President & Dean for Student Life and Retention 880-8004 Director of Information Systems 880-8050 Director of Student Financial Planning 880-8229 Registrar 880-8237 Director of Career Planning and Placement 880-8286 Executive Vice President for Administration 880-8267 Vice President for Advancement 880-8257 Executive Director of Instructional & Information Tech 880-8304 Director of Alumni Activities 880-8245 Director of Communications and Marketing 880-8246 Visitors are welcome at LaGrange College throughout the year. The administra- tive offices in the Quillian Building are open Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Saturday visits may be arranged by appointment. Visitors desiring inter- views with members of the staff are urged to make appointments in advance. LaGrange College admits qualified students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, color, national or ethnic origin in administration of its educational policies, admis- sions poHcies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school- administered programs LaGrange College Bulletin, Volume CLXI, Number 1 President: Dr. F. Stuart Gulley Editor: Dr. Jay Simmons LaGrange College Bulletin, the official publication of LaGrange College for current and future students, is published monthly except February, August and November. Correspondence should be directed to the Office of Academic Dean, LaGrange College, 601 Broad Street, LaGrange, GA 30240-2999. E-mail correspondence tojsimmons@lgc.edu or fax to (706) 880-8358. Challenging the mind. Inspiring the soul. CONTENTS Communications Directory 2 Calendar 5 About LaGrange College, Purpose and History 9 LaGrange College at Albany 12 The LaGrange College Campus 13 Admission 18 Financial Information 23 Financial Aid 28 Student Life 43 Information Technology and Academic Support Services 55 Academic Programs and Degree Requirements 63 Core Program in the Liberal Arts 67 Academic Regulations and Procedures 71 Pre-professional and Co-operative Programs 86 Departments and Courses 90 Faculty, Trustees and Administration 226 Index 242 CHANGE OF REGULATIONS The College reserves the right to make modifications in the degree requirements, courses, schedules, calendar, regulations, fees and other changes deemed necessary or conducive to the efficient operation of the College. Such changes become effective as announced by the proper college authorities. Note: For information, regulations and procedures for graduate study, please see the Graduate Bulletin. For information, regulations and procedures for evening courses, please see the Evening College Bulletin, For information, regulations and procedures of the Albany campus, please see the Albany Bulletin. ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2002-2003 Day Program Fall Semester August 20 August 21 August 27-30 September 2 September 3 September 4 September 10 September 24 October 1 October 2-4 October 7,8 October 10,11 October 18 October 18-20 October 28-Nov 1 November 9 November 15 November 26 November 27-29 December 2 2002 New faculty assemble Opening Session New student orientation Labor Day-College Closed Registration for new and returning Day students not prepaid. Advisors for freshman, transfer and readmitted students are available. Late registration fee after this date. Fair on the Square, LaFayette Square 5:00 p.m. All Classes Begin Opening Convocation. 7:00 p.m., First United Methodist Church End drop/add period and late registration. No refunds for individual courses dropped after 5:00 p.m. "I" grades must be changed to permanent grades. Named Scholarship Luncheon Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W" Pre-registration for Interim Travel Courses Interim Term Pre-registration Fall Break ^No Classes Midterm; Board of Trustees Meeting Homecoming Advising period and pre-registration for Day program students. Students completing degree requirements by end of fall term should file petitions for graduation. Students may declare majors. Advisors available. Fall Visitation Day Last day to drop a class Last Day of Classes before Thanksgiving Break Thanksgiving hoUdays. Administrative offices open November 25-27. Classes resume after Thanksgiving Break 5 December 3-8 December 6 December 9-13 December 13 December 20 December 24 December 27 Celebrate the Servant Week Last Day of FaU Semester Classes for Day CoUege Exams Begin term break, 5:00 p.m. Grades due. Last day to pre-pay or confirm pre-registration for Interim and Spring Terms 2003; otherwise, pre-registered students must go through registration, January 2, 2003. Holidays for administration and staff begin Administrative Offices open Interim Term 2003 January 1 Administrative offices closed January 2 Residence halls open Registration for new and returning Day students not prepaid - Registrar's Office, Smith Hall. Advisors for freshman, transfer and readmitted students are available. Evening College, joint enroUment and graduate registration. Night and graduate advisors are available. Late registration fee after this date. Graduation petitions for May graduates due in Dean's Office. Mandatory First Meeting for all Interim Classes 2:00 p.m. January 3 End Drop/ Add. No refund for individual classes dropped after this date. Last day for late registration. Last day to drop a class with an automatic * W Last day to drop a class Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - College closed. No Classes. Last day of class Interim Term Grades due Semester 2003 Day program registration for new and returning students not prepaid. Advisors for freshman, transfer and readmitted students are available. Classes begin End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes dropped after this date. "I" grades must be changed to permanent grades. Last day for late registration. January 10 January 17 January 20 January 30 February 7 Spring i 5en January 31 February 3 February 6 March 3 March 8 March 19 March 24- February 14-15 Scholars' Weekend March 1 Make-up for snow, if necessary, for Day and Evening classes. Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W" Spring Visitation Day Midterm 24-28 Advising period and pre-registration for upper class Day program students. Students completing degree requirements in summer or fall should file petitions for graduation. Students may declare majors. Advisors available. Mar. 31 -April 4 Spring break; Administrative offices open. Last day to drop a class Board of Trustees Meeting Good Friday - College closes at noon; abbreviated class schedule Honors Day/Parents Day; abbreviated class schedule May Day Last day of class for Day Program Reading Day 9-14 Exams Grades due for graduates by 12:00 noon Graduation rehearsal, faculty marshals and student marshals attend- 9:30 a.m. Senior brunch - faculty invited. Baccalaureate at First United Methodist Church. All faculty should plan to attend. 5:00 p.m. May 17 Graduation on Quadrangle-8:30 a.m. May 26 Memorial Day - College closed Summer I Term 2003 June 1 Residence halls open June 2 Registration, Registrar's Office, Smith Hall June 3 All classes meet June 6 End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes dropped after this date. June 13 Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W" April 10 April 11 April 18 May 2 May 3 May 7 May 8 May 9-1 May 15 May 16 June 27 June 30 July 2 July 4 July 7 July 8 July 9 Summer n July 6 July 8 July 9 July 14 July 21 August 1 August 8 August 11 August 12 August 13 Last day to drop a course Departmental Annual Reports due in Dean's Office Last day of class Holiday-no classes 12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times 7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times Grade reports due at noon. Term 2003 Residence halls open Registration, Registrar's Office, Smith Hall All classes meet End drop/add, 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes dropped after this date. Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's office Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W" Last day to drop a class Last day of class 12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times 7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times Grade reports due by noon ABOUT LAGRANGE COLLEGE LaGrange College is called through the United Methodist Church to challenge the minds and inspire the souls of students by improving their creative, critical and communicative abilities in a caring and ethical community. Mission LaGrange College, established in 1831, is owned by the North Georgia Conference of the United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is proud of this relationship and beheves that its mission is an extension of the work of The United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is committed to the free, uninhibited pursuit of truth. Academic freedom and free expression of faculty and smdents are integral to the LaGrange College ethos. LaGrange College is committed to challenging the minds and inspiring the souls of students by improving their creative, critical and communicative abiUties. Faculty recognize the part they play in a student's development by serving as mentors and role models. The total LaGrange College program curricular and co- curricular ^is designed to challenge and support students as they deal with fundamental issues of self, world, and God. The principal curricular methods by which the College assists students in the improving of their creative, critical, and communicative abilities is an interdisciphnary, technologically sophisticated Uberal arts program (A.A., B.A., B.S., B.M.), professional programs in business (M.B.A.) nursing (B.S.N.) and education (B.A., M.Ed., M.A.T.) The principal co-curricular means is through a comprehensive program of student life and athletics. LaGrange College strives to be a caring and ethical community. The hallmark of the LaGrange College community is the quest for civility, diversity, service, and excellence. Adopted by Faculty, Administration, and Board of Trustees, 1997; reaffirmed by Board of Trustees on October 20, 2000. History and Description The history of LaGrange College is closely associated with the history of the City of LaGrange and Troup County. When the vast tract of land lying between the Flint and Chattahoochee Rivers was secured by the Indian Springs Treaty of 1825 and was opened for settlement in 1827, one of the five counties formed on the western border of the state was named Troup in honor of Governor George Michael Troup. An act was passed by the Georgia Legislature on December 24, 1827, providing for the selection of a county seat. It was named LaGrange after the country estate of the Marquis de Lafayette, American Revolutionary War hero who had visited the region in 1825 as the gues? <)f Governor Troup. The site for the town of LaGrange was purchased in 1828 and the town was incorporated on December 18, 1828. On December 26, 1831, the charter for the LaGrange Female Academy was granted at the state capitol, then in Milledgeville. In 1831 Andrew Jackson was president of the United States. Abraham Lincoln was 22 years old. The Creek Indians had been moved out of this area of the state only six years earUer. The only other coUege in the state was Frankhn College, now The University of Georgia. In 1847 the charter for the school was amended and the school became the LaGrange Female Institute with power to confer degrees. The name was changed to LaGrange Female College in 1851 and in 1934 it was changed to LaGrange College. The College became officially coeducational in 1953. The first location of the school was in a large white building at what is now 406 Broad Street. The school moved to its present location "On the Hill," the highest geographical point in LaGrange, after the construction of the building now known as Smith Hall in 1842. The College was sold to the Georgia Conference of the Methodist Episcopal Church South in 1856. Today it is an institution of the North Georgia Conference of the United Methodist Church. Strong in the Hberal arts, LaGrange CoUege has an outstanding reputation in pre-professional programs, including pre-medical and allied fields, pre-law, pre-theology, and pre-engineering. LaGrange College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with sixteen majors, the Bachelor of Science degree in five areas, the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. The Master of Business Administration degree, the Master of Arts in Teaching, and the Master of Education degree in Early Curriculum and Instruction are offered. The Associate of Arts degree is offered in one area. LaGrange College operates on the modified (4-1-4) semester system for day classes. In addition there is an evening session during the regular year and in the sunomer. During the regular school year, the night classes follow a modified quarter system. The summer is divided into two sessions of day classes and one seven-week session in the evening. For all day classes, credits earned are semester hour credits. The College draws more than half of its student body from Georgia. However, students from at least one-third of the other states in the U.S. and from abroad nourish a rich cosmopoUtan and international community which includes various rehgious and ethnic backgrounds. 10 Georgia's leader in granting academic credit through the CoUege Level Examination Program, the College also offers travel seminars, field study programs and internships. Students in the college's nursing division receive supervised learning experiences in many area medical facihties. Campus art exhibitions, lectures, concerts, and varsity and intramural sports add to the cultural enrichment and recreational opportunities offered by the College. The College has a service learning program urdike any in the state. The College is located in the town of LaGrange, Georgia, which has a population of 26,000. Nearby are Callaway Gardens, the Warm Springs Foundation and Frankhn D. Roosevelt's Little White House. The West Point Dam on the Chattahoochee River provides one of the largest lakes in the region, with waterfronts and a marina within the city hmits of LaGrange. Accreditation LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to award the degrees of Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Master of Education, Master of Arts in Teaching, and Master of Business Administration. LaGrange College is also approved by the United Methodist University Senate. It has membership in the National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities and the Georgia Foundation for Independent Colleges. The Georgia Professional Standards Commission, which confers professional certificates upon college graduates meeting requirements in early childhood, middle grades, or secondary education, has awarded highest approval to LaGrange College's program of teacher education. The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. The undergraduate and graduate programs in business administration are accredited by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs. Other Sessions The Evening College Program at LaGrange College provides the opportunity for adult learners to earn an undergraduate degree without sacrificing their professional and personal responsibiUties. Students may enroll in full-time or part-time programs leading to a B.A. in Business Administration or an A. A. in Liberal Studies. Designed to be accessible for the working adult, the degree 11 programs may be completed through attendance at night courses scheduled in three 9-week terms offered each year. Additional information is contained in the Evening College Bulletin, or by calUng (706) 880-8298. LaGrange College at Albany The academic program at LaGrange College at Albany has been created in direct response to community and area needs. An extensive needs assessment in southwest Georgia was initiated prior to the planning and development of the program for LaGrange College at Albany. The research results stressed the need for a program for non-traditional students that would enable them to complete a baccalaureate degree. The program offers a modular course schedule with a predictable structure of course offerings, costs, and outcomes. The program emphasizes leadership knowledge and skills in the workplace and in the community. Additional information is contained in the Albany Bulletin or by calling 229-420-8000. IM^' I^^"t 12 THE LAGRANGE COLLEGE CAMPUS William and Evelyn Banks Library The librarians and staff take great pride in the high level of service that is offered at the Banks Library. All incoming students receive hbrary instruction and orientation. The hbrarians frequently collaborate with the teaching faculty for course-specific library instruction. They often serve as mentors in a partnering relationship that includes the teaching faculty, librarians, and students. Both individual and group instruction is offered through the highly quaUfied staff. The Banks Library provides up-to-date resources that support the curriculum and general information needs of students and faculty. Those resources include over 135,000 cataloged volumes, 121,000 microfilm units, over 70 GALILEO databases and indexes, over 100 scholarly journals in electronic format through JSTOR, subscriptions to 500 journal titles, and a video and CD collection. Many hbrary resources can be accessed through the campus-wide fiber optics network and through the Internet. Open seven days per week for a total of 81 hours per week, four professional Hbrarians, three paraprofessionals, and student assistants staff the hbrary. The hbrary is named in memory of a former chairman of the LaGrange College Board of Trustees and his wife. Separate Education and Music and Art areas provide easy access to hbrary materials for those disciphnes in a comfortable environment. A Multi-Media Center provides students access to the Internet, word processing, presentation software, E-MAIL, and the hbrary 's Onhne Catalog and databases. The Multi- Media Center offers students and faculty use of a scanner, a computer projector, a digital camera, and computer workstations in a classroom setting. Group study rooms, study carrels, video viewing-rooms, and a large conference room are aU available for use by LaGrange College students and faculty. Compact, movable shelving has reclaimed space for comfortable seating and smdy. The cherry wood end panels and comfortable seating help create an inviting atmosphere for study and research. The Banks Library seeks to fulfill the mission of the college through the provision of information and information services supporting the curriculum and research needs of students and faculty. Cason J. Callaway Science Building Built in 1972, this three-story brick building with latest equipment for instruction in general science, biology, chemistry, math, and physics. The building is named in memory of a former member of the College's Board of Trustees. 13 Fuller E. Callaway Academic Building Completed in 1981 and renovated in 2000, the Fuller E. Callaway Academic Building houses the Departments of Nursing, Psychology, History, PoHtical Science, and Human Services. Warren A. Candler Cottage Completed in 1929 as a home for the college president. The Candler Cottage now houses the Development, Communications and Marketing and Advancement offices. Lamar Dodd Art Center Completed in 1982, this building provides a physical environment and the equipment needed for art instruction as well as gallery space for the College's outstanding art collection. The building is named in honor of the late Lamar Dodd, a Georgia artist who was reared in LaGrange and whose paintings won international recognition. Louise Anderson Manget Building Built in 1959 and renovated in 2001, the Louise Anderson Manget Building houses the Division of Humanities, including the Departments of EngUsh, Latin American Studies and Modem Languages, and ReUgion and Philosophy. Pitts HaU Completed in 1941, this two-story brick women's dormitory was renovated in 1990. Pitts Hall was rededicated in memory of Mr. and Mrs. W. I. H. Pitts and in honor of their daughter, the late Miss Margaret Adger Pitts, a former college trustee. The Pitts were long-time supporters of the College. Price Theatre Completed in 1975, this dramatic arts building seats 280 and houses classrooms for the Department of Theatre Arts, faculty offices, scenery workshop, dressing rooms, costume room, actors' lounge, and a black box theatre. Quillian Building Built in 1949 and named in memory of a former president, Hubert T. Quillian, who served from 1938-1948, this building provides offices for the President, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the Executive Vice President for Administration, the Business Office, and Institutional Research and Planning. Smith Hall The oldest building on the campus, the main portion of the building was constructed in 1842 of handmade brick formed from native clay. An addition was built in 1887 and a major renovation was completed in 1989 at a cost of over $2.5 miUion. Ready for the 21^^ century, the building now houses offices, classrooms and seminar rooms. Smith Hall was named in memory of Mrs.Oreon Smith, wife of a former president of the College, Rufus W. Smith, 14 who served from 1885 until his death in 1915. The building is on the National Register of Historic Places. Sunny Gables Alumni House Built by Mary and Juha Nix in 1924, Sunny Gables Alumni House is an outstanding example of early twentieth century Tudor Revival architecture designed by P. Thornton Marye and is now part of the National Register of Historic Places' Vernon Road Historic District. The Suimy Gables Alumni House seeks to provide a real and symbohc home for LaGrange College alumni for generations to come, capturing a part of LaGrange College's historic past and stretching forward into the College's future. This multipurpose facility serves as the permanent home for alumni, as well as the Office of Alumni and Parent Relations and Campus Events Coordinator. The facility extends entertainment space to the College's constituents for College programming purposes consistent with Gateway to Excellence, our strategic plan. The Chapel Built in 1965, the materials used in the construction of the Chapel Unk it with Christian worship in LaGrange and other parts of the world. Included in the structure are two stained glass windows made in Belgium more than 100 years ago; a stone from the temple of Apollo at Corinth, Greece; a stone from the Benedictine Monastery, Zona, Scotland; and a stone from St. George's Chapel, Windsor, England. Regular worship services are held when the College is in session. J. K. Boatwright Hall Completed in 1962, this three-story brick building serves as a men's dormitory. J. K. Boatwright Hall is named in memory of a long-time member of the College's Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's executive conmiittee from 1956-1962. Hawkes Hall Completed in 1911, this four-story brick building is named in memory of Mrs. Harriet Hawkes, mother of College benefactor, the late A.K. Hawkes. After a major renovation costing $1.4 miUion, the building houses women students on second, third, and fourth floors. Faculty offices and classrooms for the Education Department occupy the ground floor. Also on the second floor is the Nixon Parlor, named in honor of long-time supporter of the College, Winifred Adams Nixon '33. Waights G. Henry, Jr. Residence Hall Completed in 1970, this five-story brick building provides student housing. The building is named in honor of the late Dr. Waights G. Henry, Jr., who served as president of the College from 1948-1978, and as chancellor from 1978 until his death in 1989. This building also houses a 24-hour computer lab and tutoring center open to all students. 15 William H. Turner, Jr. Hall Built in 1958, this three-story brick building provides women's housing. The building is named in memory of William H. Turner, Jr., a textile executive of LaGrange who was a benefactor of the College, a long-time member of the College's Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's executive committee from 1929-1950. Alfred Mariotti Gymnasium Built in 1959, the Mariotti Gym houses physical education classrooms and facihties for indoor athletics. The faciUty is named in memory of Coach Alfred Mariotti, the College's basketball coach from 1962-1974 and member of the faculty until his retirement in 1979. Margaret Adger Pitts Dining Hall Completed in 1962 and renovated in 1998, this two-story brick building houses the dining area, kitchen, and students' common space. The building is dedicated in honor of the late Margaret Adger Pitts, a former College trustee. Callaway Campus Acquired by the College in 1992 as a gift from Callaway Foundation, Inc., the campus includes three buildings of brick and concrete construction. Callaway Foundation, Inc. donated funds to build a state-of-the-art Hghted soccer field in 1995. The Callaway Campus also includes Softball fields. Callaway Auditorium Built in 1941, this building provides space for approximately 1,400 spectators. It contains a 30 by 46-foot center elevated stage, concession area with full kitchen, and meeting rooms. Charles D. Hudson Natatorium The swimming pool was constructed in 1947 as an oversized pool with dimensions of 80 by 150 feet. The cabana and bathhouse were built in 1956. The oversized pool has been divided into an outdoor pool and a natatorium. The complex is now equipped for a year-round aquatics program. The Natatorium is named in honor of Dr. Charles D. Hudson, long-time chair of the Board of Trustees and recentiy retired chair of the Board's Executive Committee. Callaway Educational Building Built in 1965 and renovated in 1994, the building houses the Music Department, Offices of Intercollegiate and Intramural Athletics, and Offices of the Department of Health and Physical Education. The facihty includes state- of-the-art electronic music equipment, a recording studio, a fitness center, a gymnasium, and faculty offices. 16 Cleaveland Field Cleaveland Field opened in 2000 as LaGrange College's new $2.21 million baseball facility. Callaway Foundation, Inc. gave a challenge grant as well as the land to honor Phihp Cleaveland, who served the College as a trustee for 19 years. Other Resources Information Systems In 1991, LaGrange College became committed to creating a fiber-optic network of mini -computers that would allow students and faculty to access the network anywhere on campus, including residence hall rooms. Since 1994, the number of computer laboratories has grown from seven to twelve. Students can access World Wide Web from virtually any site on campus to find information ranging from stock prices to Russian recipes. Specific details regarding the technological environment at LaGrange College can be found in the Information Systems section of this Bulletin. Future technological direction on campus includes the addition of more interactive multimedia learning environments. Coleman Health Center The location for Smdent Health Services provides a day clinic for the LaGrange College Community. For details smdents should consult the smdent handbook. 17 ADMISSION LaGrange College seeks to admit students who demonstrate the ability to bene- fit from a quahty hberal arts education. In the selection of students, careful attention is given to the academic ability of each candidate. Procedure for Applying for Admission Students wishing to attend LaGrange College must submit an application for admission. This appUcation and supporting documents should be submitted at least one month prior to the beginning of the semester in which entrance is desired. AppUcants may enroll any semester though the majority of students begin study during the fall term. Required Admission Documents Freshman Transfers 1. LaGrange College appUcation 1 . LaGrange College appUcation 2. AppUcation fee 2. AppUcation fee 3. Official high school transcripts 3. Official transcripts of all previous college work (transfers with fewer than 27 semester or 40 quarter hours earned must also submit high school transcripts and SAT or ACT scores.) 4. Official SAT or ACT scores 4. AppUcation essay 5. AppUcation essay To be considered an official document, transcripts should be submitted directly to LaGrange College in a sealed envelope from the student's host institution. Institutional records personally deUvered to LaGrange CoUege by a student must also be in a sealed envelope to be considered official. . Photocopies, faxed, or transcripts in unsealed envelopes are not considered official. After the submission of all required documents, a minimum of two to three weeks is required to complete the appUcation process. The Office of Admis- sion notifies appUcants of their appUcation status shortly after review by the Admission Conmiittee. Admission to the College is tentative, pending satis- factory completion of academic work in progress. After an offer of admission is extended, candidates wishing to accept the offer of admission are asked to submit an admission deposit. The admission deposit serves to reserve space for the student in the incoming class. The amount of 18 the admission deposit is $100 for commuting students and $200 for boarding students. The $100 deposit will be placed on the student's account for the first semester. The additional $100 for residential students serves as a room reservation deposit and will reserve a space in the residence halls for the student. The admission deposit is fuUy refundable provided the student submits a written request to the Office of Admission by the following dates: May 1 for Fall Semester, December 1 for the Interim (January) Term, and Spring Semester. The room reservation deposit is refunded to students upon graduation or withdrawal from LaGrange College, as long as there are no outstanding monetary charges against the student's account. LaGrange College invites interested students to visit the campus. Individual admission appointments may be scheduled by contacting the Office of Admission at 1-800-593-2885 or by e-mail at lgcadmis@lgc.edu. Please contact the Office of Admission at least one week prior to the date you want to visit. Academic Admission Requirements Freshmen Admission: Prior to enrollment, an applicant is expected to complete graduation requirements from an approved high school. Students graduating from Georgia high schools are normally expected to complete the requirements for the College Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) diploma. LaGrange College students come from a variety of pubUc and private secondary school backgrounds. Preference is given to applicants who have strong academic preparation in high school. To quahfy for regular admission to the college, a matriculant should complete at least the following number of units, comparable to the Georgia College Preparatory Curriculum: English 4 Social Studies 3 (including American and world studies) College Preparatory Mathematics 4 (Algebra I, Algebra II, Geometry, etc. Science 3 (including lab courses for Ufe and physical sciences) Foreign Language 2 (two units of the same language) Desirable electives include additional academic courses in languages, mathematics, and the sciences. A basic understanding of computer science is also encouraged. Scores from either the SAT (administered by the College Entrance Examination Board) or ACT (administered by the American College Testing Program) are required of all traditional-aged freshman applicants. Students 19 who graduated from high school prior to 1998 may exempt this requirement. Test results should be sent directly to LaGrange College, preferably by January of the student's senior year of high school. LaGrange College welcomes home-educated students to apply for admission. In addition to the items requested for freshman admission, home schooled students are asked to provide a bibUography of all high school Uterature including instructional texts and two letters of recommendation. At least one of the letters must be from outside the home. Students holding a General Education Development (GED), High School Level may be considered for admission, although they will generally not be accepted to the college prior to the year in which their class would have normally been ehgible for admission to the college. Unless meeting the special provision for adults students mentioned above, students possessing a GED must submit either SAT or ACT scores as a part of the appUcation process. A number of factors are considered in making an admission decision, including a student's grade point average, difficulty of course work, standardized test scores, extracurricular and co-curricular activities, and admission essay. Students may be accepted to LaGrange College in one of several categories. Regular Admission: Most students offered admission to LaGrange College are accepted with no stipulations, other than successful completion of their current academic course work and proof of high school graduation. Conditional Admission: This program is designed for apphcants who are unable to meet the standard admission criteria but who appear to have the potential to succeed at LaGrange College. Students in this program must earn a grade point average of 1.65 during the first semester of college work. All courses are taken for full credit. Further information on this program is available from the Director of Admission. Early Admission: Early admission is possible for academically talented students who have completed their junior year of high school. To quahfy for early admission, a student must meet specific academic criteria including a B+ or better high school average in a college preparatory program and completion of 15 of the 16 prescribed units, with a minimum total of 16 units. Students seeking early admission must also earn a minimum composite score of 1 100 on the SAT or 25 on the ACT. A minimum of 550 on the verbal portion of the SAT or a minimum of 24 on the Enghsh subject area of the ACT is highly desirable. An interview is required for all early admission candidates. Joint Enrollment: LaGrange College encourages quaUfied eleventh and twelfth grade students to consider simultaneous enrollment in LaGrange College and their high school. Georgia high school seniors may wish to consider participating in the Georgia Post-Secondary Options Program. Students wishing to apply for the joint enrollment program or Georgia Post- Secondary Options Program must submit the following materials: an appUcation for admission, appUcation fee, recommendation letter from the 20 student's principal or headmaster, SAT or ACT scores, and a high school average that indicates that the student has the academic abiUty to be successful in the program. Students applying for the Georgia Post-Secondary Options Program must also submit an official recommendation from the high school counsehng office. Transfer Admission: Students attending another institution may apply for transfer to LaGrange College provided they are ehgible to return to their current institution at the time of entry to LaGrange College. A student may be accepted on probation under the standard probation regulations. Prior to admission to LaGrange College, the Office of Admission must receive all necessary documents, including official transcripts of all college course work. Applicants may enroll at the beginning of any semester. LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to award degrees of Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Master of Education, Master of Arts in Teaching, and Master of Business Administration. Accordingly, the college accepts course work from similarly regionally accredited colleges and universities. Academic credit is normally given to students for grades of "C" or above. Acceptable credit fi*om a junior college is hmited to 54 semester hours. Students enrolling from other senior colleges may be able to receive additional semester credit but LaGrange College residency requirements, the core curriculum, and appropriate major course work must be satisfied. Transfer students who have attempted any developmental-level course work must provide evidence that they have completed all requirements and successfully exited the program prior to evaluation by the admission committee. Members of Phi Theta Kappa may qualify for academic scholarships reserved for members of this society. Transient Admission: Students currently enrolled in good standing at another college may enroll at LaGrange College as transient students. Approval of course work must be authorized by the primary institution on the Transient AppUcation for Admission, which is available in the Admission Office. A permission letter from the student's home institution certifying status and granting permission for specific transient course work may also be sent. Non-degree Undergraduate Admission: Students not working toward a degree may register as non-degree undergraduate students in any course for which they have the necessary prerequisites. An apphcation for non-degree undergraduate student stams may be obtained through the Admission Office. Students classified as non-degree undergraduate students may become regular, degree-seeking students by meeting requirements for regular admission. No more that 6 credit hours earned under this classification may be appUed toward a degree. 21 Readmission to LaGrange College: Following an absence from LaGrange College of 3 or more semesters, or any time a student was not in good standing during the last term of attendance at LaGrange College, any student deciding to return to attempt additional course work must submit an Application for Readmission. This form is available in the Office of Admission. Students absent from LaGrange College for 2 semesters or less, and who were in good academic standing when he/she last attended LaGrange College may re- activate his/her file in the Registrar's Office. These students do not need to apply for readmission. In the event that a student seeking readmission has attended another institution as a transfer student (not transient) since he/she left LaGrange College, then the student, if readmitted, is treated as a new transfer student. Students fitting this description are subject to the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer back to LaGrange College. Students who have not attended another institution are generally governed by the catalog in force at the time of their initial admission. However, students who have been out of school for four calendar years or more re-enter LaGrange College under the Bulletin in force at the time of readmission and resumption of study. International Student Admission: Admission to LaGrange College requires submission of the international student appUcation, appUcation fee, and translated and certified documents attesting to the student's academic performance in secondary and/or university studies. Students seeking admission may submit one of the following to prove Enghsh proficiency: Minimum TOEFL score of 500 (173 computer-based); Certificate of completion of level 109 from the ELS Centers, Inc. Grades of "C" or better on G.C.E., G.S.C.E, or C.X.C. English examinations or equivalent tests; Minimum SAT verbal score of 450; Minimum ACT Enghsh section score of 21 If the prospective student is in the United States, an interview at the college is desirable and may sometimes be substituted for a TOEFL score. The Director of Admission should be contacted for an appointment as well as for the current interpretation of regulations with regard to obtaining an F-1 student visa. 22 Payment of Charges All charges for the semester are due and payable at registration, and each student is expected to make satisfactory arrangements at that time. Students who pre-register and pay in advance of the deadline each semester are not required to attend final registration. ReaUzing that some famiUes prefer to pay charges on a monthly basis, the College has made arrangements with Academic Management Services to offer interested parties this type of service. The plan is an agreement between the parent and the company; there is no involvement by LaGrange College in the agreement. For additional information, contact the Business Office. LaGrange College also offers a deferred payment option that allows the student to make monthly payments to cover the costs of his/her education. A service charge will be assessed students who choose the Deferred-Payment Plan. Expenses 1 . Admission Application for admission (non-refundable) $20.00 2. Tuition A. Undergraduate (1) Part-time per semester hour (1-1 1 or greater than 15) 545.00 2) Full-time (12-15 semester hours) 6,613.00 (3) Nursing (NSG) courses - per semester hour 545.00 B. Summer Term Summer Term charges are listed in the Summer Brochure. Students may write for information regarding offerings and charges. C. Audit (per semester hour) 545.00 3. Room and Board (per semester) - Henry, Pitts, and Hawkes 2,747.00 Room and Board (per semester) - Candler and Vernon Rd 2,797.00 (Note: All students living in dormitories are required to pay room and board.) 4. Private rooms are available at an additional charge (per semester) 563.00 After the beginning of the semester any student occupying a double room alone will be charged the private rate. If a student occupying a double room alone does not wish to pay the private room rate, it is that student's responsibility to find a suitable roommate. Willingness to accept a roommate does not constitute grounds for waiving the single room charge. 23 5. Fees Miscellaneous Late registration 20.00 Personal checks/credit cards failing to clear 15.00 Student Identification Card Replacement Fee 5.00 Document Fee (International Students) 175.00 Parking Permit 15.00 Testing Fee (All New Students) 60.00 Room deposit (Refundable) 1 00.00 Admission Deposit (New Students) 100.00 Summary of Standard Charges Per Semester Per Year Non-Dormitory Students: Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $6,613.00 $13,226.00 Dormitory Students: Henry, Pitts and Hawkes residents Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $6,613.00 $13,226.00 Room and Board 2,747.00 5,494.00 9,360.00 18,720.00 Dormitory Students: Candler and Vernon Road Apartment residents Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $6,613.00 $13,226.00 Room and Board 2J97.00 5,594.00 9,410.00 18,820.00 All LaGrange College undergraduate degree-seeking students taking twelve or more hours who have been residents of the state of Georgia for twelve consecutive months are eUgible to receive a Tuition Equalization Grant regardless of need. The amount of this grant for 2001-2002 is expected to be $1,046. In addition, those Georgia students who are entering freshmen as Hope Scholars (B or better high school grade point average) will receive a $3,000 per year academic scholarship from the Georgia Hope Scholarship program as long as they maintain a "B or better" average. Fees relating to the LaGrange College's Evening and Graduate Programs are included in a separate bulletin pertaining to those programs. You may contact the College to receive a copy of those pubHcations. Federal Tax Credits The Tax Reform Act of 1997 provided two tax credits for higher education. The "Hope Credit" provides a $1,500 tax credit for the first two years of postsecondary education in a program that leads to a degree, certificate, or other recognized educational credential. The student must be enrolled at least halftime. Quahfied expenses are for tuition and fees and do not include room, board, books, insurance, and other similar expenses. 24 The second tax credit is the "Lifetime Learning Credit" which provides a $1,000 per year tax credit (per family). For additional information about these two credits, please consult the Business Office or your tax preparer. These tax credits are phased out as your modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain limits. Please check with your tax advisor regarding these limits. Depending upon individual requirements, a student may expect to spend $750 to $1,000 per year on books and personal expenses. The above charges are applicable to an academic year of two semesters duration. Summer Term costs and curriculum are available in a separate bulletin. Nursing students should consult with the Nursing Division concerning required nursing suppUes and their projected costs. All students must present proof of health insurance at the time of registration and complete a waiver form including provider name and poUcy number. If the student has no insurance, the College will make a charge for hmited coverage group sickness and accident insurance coverage. Official transcripts and diplomas are withheld for any student who has a financial obUgation to LaGrange College. Credit Balances Students who have a credit balance on their student accounts receivable may obtain a credit balance refund within fourteen (14) calendar days whichever is the latest of: the date the balance occurs, the first day of classes of a payment period or enrollment period, as applicable, or the date the student rescinds authorization given the school to hold the funds. Refund and Repayment Policies Refund Policies No refund of any nature will be made to any student who is suspended or dismissed for disciphnary reasons. No refund will be made for individual courses dropped after dates established by the school calendar. Refunds will be processed within thirty (30) days of notification of an "official withdrawal." An official withdrawal date is defined by: the earher of date student began school's withdrawal process or date student otherwise provided "official" notice; or 25 if student did not notify school, the midpoint in the term; or the date of student's last attendance at documented academically- related activity, or if student did not notify due to circumstances beyond student's control, date related to that circumstance. Refund Policies - Tuition and Fees A student who plans to withdraw from the College must make an official notification of his/her plan. At LaGrange College, the Registrar's Office has been identified as the official office of notification. The student should also consult the Financial Aid Office and the Business Office to determine the financial consequences of a complete withdrawal. The Department of Education requires all unearned Title IV aid to be returned to the program from which such aid was awarded. The College will apply a credit to the smdent's account for all unearned "institutional charges." The Department of Education defines "institutional charges" as all charges for tuition, fees, and room and board, and expenses for required course materials, if the student does not have a "real and reasonable opportunity" to purchase the required course materials ft-om any place but the school. In the event of a complete withdrawal from college after registration, refunds of "institutional charges" will be made in the following manner. The College is required to calculate the amount of Title FV aid the student has earned during the term. This is accompHshed by dividing the number of days a student completes in a credit-hour term by the total number of days within the term (excluding breaks). If the resulting percentage is less than 60 percent, only that portion of the aid is the student ehgible to receive with the residual being returned to the Title IV program. Once the student has completed 60 percent of the term, the student will have earned 100% of the Title IV aid.. Tuition credits will be apphed to the student's account in the same manner as the return of Title IV funds. After the student has completed 60 percent of the term, there will be no refund of tuition charges made by the College. In certain cases, these refund requirements may leave an indebtedness on the student' s account. This may also require the student to reimburse the Department of Education for some or all of the appUcable Federal PeU and SEOG funds. It is therefore imperative that the students fuUy discuss the ramifications of withdrawing with the Financial Aid Office prior to making a final decision. A student will not receive a refund until all financial aid programs have been reimbursed. Refunds will be returned in the order indicated below: Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program Federal Perkins Loan Program Federal PLUS Program 26 Federal Pell Grant Program Federal SEOG Program Other Title IV Programs Other state, private, or institutional assistance programs To the student Refund Policies - Room and Board There is no refund of the room deposit if the student does not enroll. No refund of room or board will be made if a student withdraws from the dormitory after registration. In the event of complete withdrawal from College, there is no refund of room charges. The board rate will be rebated at the rate of $15 per day from the date of final registration. Student Repayment Policy Students who receive cash disbursements after registration for that enrollment period will be assessed habihty for repayment of the appropriate percentage of the refund due the Title IV programs upon withdrawal, expulsion, or suspension. Students who receive cash disbursements that are attributable to Federal Pell or SEOG programs may owe a repayment of these funds to LaGrange College to prevent an overpayment. A student who owes a repayment will be deemed inehgible for any financial assistance from any source until the student has resolved the overpayment. Repayments will be allocated to the student aid programs in the following order: Pell Grant, SEOG, other Title IV programs, and then to the institution. Students have 45 days from the date of their notification to make arrangements for repayment of the aid received. If they fail to make satisfactory arrangements within the 45-day time period, the account wiU be submitted to the Department of Education and the student could lose future eUgibility for financial aid programs. 27 FINANCIAL AID Philosophy LaGrange College believes that the student and parents should contribute to the educational expenses of attending a college or university to the extent of their abihty. The Financial Aid Office is available to assist famihes in meeting the difference between the cost of education at LaGrange College and what the family can contribute. The Financial Aid Office at LaGrange College attempts to defray the cost of education from all available Federal, State, and Institutional sources. The student should be prepared to assume a measure of responsibihty in meeting educational expenses through self-help financial aid sources such as student loans and work programs. General Information Students in need of financial assistance must complete a federal need analysis form, the Free AppUcation for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The FAFSA collects parental and student income and asset information needed to determine eUgibility for financial aid. This information is used in a federal need analysis calculation to determine the Expected Family Contribution (EFC). The Financial Aid Office estabhshes a Cost of Attendance Budget that discloses the annual costs for a student to attend LaGrange College. The Cost of Attendance includes tuition, fees, room, board, books and supphes, and Uving expenses. Other components of the Cost of Attendance, which is appUed on an individual basis, are childcare expenses, study abroad, and the purchase of a computer. These items may require documentation from the student. Below is the Cost of Attendance Budgets for the 2002-2003 academic year. Dependent Undergraduate Day Program $21 ,695 Independent Undergraduate Day Program $23,625 Dependent Undergraduate Nursing Program $24,450 Independent Undergraduate Nursing Program $26,380 The Expected Family Contribution (EFC) is deducted from the Cost of Attendance at LaGrange College to determine whether a need for financial assistance exists. If the family's EFC is less than the Cost of Attendance, a financial need is estabUshed. The Financial Aid Office attempts to meet the financial need of apphcants with federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships, work programs, and student loans. 28 Financial Aid Application Procedures Applicants for financial aid must: Apply and be accepted as a degree-seeking student in an eligible program at LaGrange College. Complete and submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or a Renewal FAFSA annually. Complete a Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant Application, if applicable. Submit all required documents for verification if selected. Verification Verification is the process of evaluating the accuracy of financial information provided on the Free Apphcation for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The U.S. Department of Education randomly selects approximately 30% of all financial aid apphcations for verification. The Financial Aid Office may select additional apphcations for verification if conflicting or incomplete information exists. A financial aid award cannot be provided until the verification process is completed. Students selected for verification will be asked to verify, at a minimum, the following: adjusted gross income, federal income tax paid, earned income credit, family size, number of family members in college, and untaxed income. Most students will be asked to complete a verification worksheet and provide copies of apphcable federal tax returns. If discrepancies are found during verification, the Financial Aid Office will transmit the corrected information to the Central Processor. The results are usually received within seven days. Once the corrected financial aid information is received and provided all other ehgibihty requirements are met, an official financial aid award letter will be mailed. Financial Aid Eligibility Requirements In general, to be eligible for financial assistance, the applicant must: Be an U.S. Citizen or permanent resident alien of the United States. Be accepted for admission or currently enrolled in an approved degree-seeking or teacher certification program. Have a high school diploma or a General Education Development (GED) Certification, or pass an approved Abihty-to-Benefit test. Be making Satisfactory Academic Progress towards the completion of your degree program. Not be in default on any federal educational loan or have made satisfactory arrangements to repay the loan. 29 Not owe a refund on a federal or state grant. Not have borrowed in excess of federal loan limits. Be registered with Selective Service, if required. Student Financial Aid Rights and Responsibilities Students have the right to know: The procedures for applying for financial assistance and eligibility requirements Financial aid resources available and eUgibihty requirements Refunds and Repayment PoUcy in the event of complete withdrawal from school. Cost of Attendance at LaGrange College Deadhnes for applying for financial aid When and how financial aid award will be disbursed Loan indebtedness and estimated monthly payments Academic Programs available at LaGrange College Name of associations and agencies accrediting the institution and its programs Campus Security Statistics Athletic Program Participation Rates and Financial Support Data Completion and Graduation Rates Students have the responsibility to: Submit complete and accurate financial aid appUcations. Observe all deadhnes for submission of financial aid documents. Maintain regular class attendance in all courses for which financial assistance was awarded. Maintain satisfactory academic progress towards the completion of their chosen degree or certification. Notify the Financial Aid Office and lenders of any change in address or name. Complete required Entrance and Exit Interviews for Federal Stafford and Federal Perkins Loan. Respond to all communications regarding student loans and financial aid awards. Comply with all ehgibiUty requirements for financial aid award funds. Be conscientious in attendance and quaUty of work when participating in a work-study job. Repay student loan received for education pursuits regardless of whether he/she graduates. 30 Satisfactory Academic Progress The United States Department of Education requires institutions of higher education to estabUsh a satisfactory academic progress policy to be applied to all recipients of federal financial aid. Satisfactory academic progress means that the student is progressing in a manner consistent with fulfiUing their degree or certification requirements. Satisfactory academic progress is evaluated throughout the course of the degree program. A Satisfactory Academic Progress poUcy must include two components: quaUtative and quantitative. Qualitative measures cumulative grade point average. Quantitative measures the number or percentage of courses completed. The quantitative component also estabUshes the maximum time frame for completing a degree program. Financial aid recipients must meet both of these standards to receive financial aid. The standards estabUshed in the Satisfactory Academic Progress poUcy appUes to the following financial aid programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Federal Perkins Loan, Federal Stafford Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized). Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS), Federal Work Study, HOPE Scholarship, Georgia Tuition EquaUzation Grant (GTEG), Georgia LEAP, State Service Cancelable Loans, LaGrange College Grant, Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant, Clark and Ruby Baker Grant, all LaGrange College Academic and Merit scholarships, and LaGrange College Work Aid. Note: HOPE scholarship guidelmes require a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 to maintain eligibility. Qualitative Standard Undergraduates Federal regulations require a student to have a grade point average that is consistent with the institution's pohcy governing academic progress. LaGrange College has set the following minimum grade point average requirements. The Registrar and Academic Dean monitor this component of the policy each term. Classification Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average Freshman 1.65 Sophomore 1-75 m Junior 1.85 Senior 2.0 31 Quantitative Standard Undergraduate Students Students receiving funds from any of the financial programs covered under this pohcy must demonstrate measurable progress toward the completion of their degree program. LaGrange College requires students to successfully complete 67% of the credit hours for which the student enrolls each academic term. The credit hours considered under this policy will be those for which the student is registered at the conclusion of late registration. Grades of A, B, C, or D are considered as successful completion of a course. Grades of F, W, WF, NR, or I are considered faiUng and do not count as successfully completed courses. Audited courses are not considered in either the quantitative or quahtative standards. Maximum Time Frame Federal regulations allow a student to receive financial assistance for no more than 150% of the credit hours required to complete the degree program. Therefore, students pursuing a bachelor's degree must complete their program within 162 attempted semester credit hours. Most students will complete the program within the time frame. However, frequent withdrawals from courses or school, change of major, failed courses, repeated courses, or courses taken that are not related to your degree program could jeopardize financial aid ehgibihty. All attempted hours are considered when reviewing maximum time frame. Transfer students must complete their program within a maximum of 162 attempted semester credit hours. Hours transferred to and accepted by LaGrange College from other institutions are considered in the maximum time frame. For example, if a student has 75 credit hours acceptable towards their degree program, the student may receive financial assistance for 87 additional credit hours. Students pursuing an additional bachelor's degree are allowed an additional 60 semester hours to complete the degree. Evaluation The cumulative academic history of all financial aid recipients is reviewed each term to determine if the student is meeting the quantitative, quahtative and time frame standards. This includes all courses attempted regardless of whether financial aid was received or not. Transfer grade point averages are not considered in either of these standards. However, accepted transfer credit hours will be considered in the maximum time frame for completing a degree program. Students who fail to meet both of these standards will be placed on financial aid probation. Smdents placed on financial aid probation are eUgible for financial aid during the probationary term. If the student does not meet the satisfactory academic progress standards at the end of the probationary term, future financial aid will be terminated effective with the next term of enrollment. Students whose financial aid is terminated may appeal to the 32 Financial Aid Appeals Committee for re-instatement of financial aid. The chart below indicates the minimum credits a student must earn to meet the quantitative standard. Total Attempted Hours Minimum Earned Hours 30 20 60 40 90 60 120 80 150 100 180 120 Appeal Process Student financial aid recipients who lose their eUgibility for financial aid may appeal in writing to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee except for loss of eligibility due to timeframe. Appeals must be submitted in writing to the Director of Financial Aid outUning any mitigating circumstance(s) that influenced the student's academic performance, documentation of circumstance(s), if appUcable, and the manner by which the deficiency will be resolved. The Director will convene the Financial Aid Appeals Conmiittee to evaluate the request for reinstatement of financial aid eligibility. The Director of Financial Aid will notify the student in writing of the decision of the Committee and any conditions associated with reinstatement. Students whose appeals are approved will receive financial aid on probationary status for the next term of enrollment and will have their academic performance reviewed at the end of that term for continued ehgibihty. Student Financial Aid Policy Each year the Financial Aid Office receives more appUcations for financial assistance than funds are available. Funding for Federal Pell Grant and Federal Stafford Loans are available throughout the academic year. However, grant assistance is awarded on a first-come, first-served basis. In awarding, first priority is given to students pursuing their first undergraduate degree. Transient, non-degree seeking and unclassified students are not eUgible for financial assistance. All institutional and state grant programs (LaGrange College Grant, Lettie Pate Whitehead, Clark and Ruby Baker Grant, Academic and Merit Scholarships, HOPE Scholarship, Governor's Honor and Georgia Tuition EquaUzation Grant) require full-time enrollment. Students enrolhng less than full-time in a degree-seeking or teacher certification program are eligible for a Federal 33 Stafford or Federal Perkins loan and Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant. Pell eligible students may receive a prorated amount of their Pell award based on their enrollment status. Students interested in only Georgia Tuition EquaHzation Grant, or academic, merit, and HOPE scholarships are not required to complete a Free AppUcation for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). However, HOPE Scholars are required to complete a Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant AppUcation to confirm residency. Students completing a Free Application for Federal Student Aid and receiving financial aid assistance must report any scholarships, grants, or loans received from outside sources. This includes employer reimbursement or educational benefits. Veteran Administration Educational Benefits (for veterans and/or their dependents or spouse). Veteran or Vocational RehabiUtation Educational Assistance. These resources must be considered in awarding federal, state, and institutional financial aid programs. LaGrange College reserves the right to cancel or reduce financial aid awards in the event that these resources result in financial aid in excess of financial need. A student's enrollment status will be based on the credit hours for which the student is registered and attending at the conclusion of late registration. All financial aid awards will be calculated using final registration information. The chart below indicates the enrollment status for financial aid programs. Enrollment Status Undergraduate Full-time 12or more credit hours Three-Quarter Time 9-1 1 credit hours J Half-time 6-8 credit hours Sources of Financial Aid LaGrange College in an effort to recognize and reward academic excellence provides academic scholarships to eligible freshmen and transfer students. All students accepted for admission are considered for academic scholarships. The most prestigious are competitive and are awarded during the Scholar Weekend Competition held in February. Competitive Scholarships Charles H. Candler, Jr. Presidential Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with the Scholarship Selection Committee. Recipients of this prestigious award receive full tuition, mandatory fees, and room and board. 34 The Thompson Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with Scholarship Selection Committee. Five scholarships are awarded annually in the amount of $8,000. The Cunningham- Traylor Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with the Scholarship Selection Committee. Ten scholarships are awarded annually in the amount of $5,500. The LaFayette Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship awarded at the Scholar Weekend Competition to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with the Scholarship Selection Committee. The annual scholarship amount is $5,500. LaGrange College Fine Arts Scholarships are scholarships awarded to students who excel in the areas of Art and Design, Music, and Theatre Arts. Scholarships are awarded based on academic promise, audition and portfoUo. The departments' Scholarship Committee determines scholarship recipients. Sandra Kratina Nursing Scholarship is a renewable academic scholarship awarded to students pursuing careers in Nursing. Scholarships are awarded based on academic excellence, promise, character and interview. Annual scholarship awards range from $3,000 to $5,000. The Division of Nursing determines scholarship recipients. Academic Achievement Scholarships LaGrange College Academic Achievement Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic record, ACT or SAT test scores, extracurricular activities, and admission essays. The scholarship levels are: Quadrangle Scholarship, which range from $3,000 - $4,500 per year; The Hilltop Scholarship, which range from $2,000 - $2,999 per year; The Gateway Scholarship, which range from $1,000 - $1,999. These scholarships are funded by the General Endowed Scholarship fund. The Office of Admission determines the recipients of these scholarships. LaGrange College Methodist Scholarships are available to active members of the United Methodist Church. These scholarships are non-need based and are awarded based on academic excellence, church activities, essay and recommendation from minister. The Office of Admission determines the recipients of this scholarship. 35 Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship is a two-year, renewable academic scholarship awarded to quahfied transfer students who are U.S. citizens or a permanent resident ahens fully inducted into Phi Theta Kappa Honor Society. Recipients must hold Associates of Arts or Associate of Science degree from an accredited two-year college and have earned a minimum grade point average of 3.5. This scholarship is $6,000 annually. Transfer Scholarships are awarded to students transferring to LaGrange College from a college or university with a minimum of 30 semester hours and a minimum grade point average of 3.0 or higher. The number of scholarships varies with awards ranging from $2,000 - $3,000 per year. Troup County Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship awarded to incoming freshmen who reside in Troup County and have a 3.0 or better high school grade point average, a SAT score of 1000 or ACT score of 22 or better. The Office of Admission determines the recipients of this scholarship. Federal Financial Aid Programs Federal Pell Grant is awarded to undergraduate students pursuing a first bachelor's degree. The student's Expected Family Contribution, Cost of Attendance, and enrollment status determines the Pell award. Students enrolling less than full-time quaUfy for a prorated amount of Pell Grant based on their enrollment status. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant is awarded to undergraduate students with exceptional financial need. Priority is given to students eUgible for Federal Pell Grant. Federal Work-Study provides employment opportunities for undergraduate and graduate students with financial need to defray educational expenses. Jobs are available on campus and off-campus in community service activities. Student wages are at least the federal minimum wages and are paid monthly. Federal Perkins Loan is a low interest, repayable loan awarded to undergraduate and graduate students with exceptional financial need. The interest rate is 5% and no interest accrues on the loan while the borrower is enrolled half-time and during the grace period. Repayment begins nine months after graduating or withdrawal from school. This loan program has cancellation provisions for critical fields of study. Contact the Financial Aid Office for more information. Federal Stafford Loan is a low interest, repayable loan available to undergraduate and graduate students regardless of income. The interest rate is variable on Stafford loan but will not exceed 8.25%. The interest rate is adjusted each July 1 . Federal Stafford Loans allow for a six (6) month grace period before the borrower begins repayment. Borrowers have a maximum of ten (10) years to repay their student loan. Loans are available through banks, credit unions, and other lending institutions. The only qualification for receiving a Federal Stafford Loan is to meet the eUgibihty requirements for financial assistance. The student is 36 not subject to credit approval for this loan. All eligible financial aid participants may borrow from the Federal Stafford Loan program. The Stafford Loan Program is composed of two loan types, subsidized and unsubsidized. A subsidized loan is awarded on the basis of financial need. Subsidized loan borrowers will not pay interest on the loan while enrolled in school, during the grace period or during authorized periods of deferment. The federal government pays the interest. An unsubsidized loan is not awarded on the basis of financial need. Any student regardless of income may participate in this loan program. However, interest does accrue while the student is enrolled in school, during the grace period, and during periods of deferment. The borrower has the options of paying the accrued interest or having the interest capitaUzed. Capitalization adds the interest to the principal amount of your loan. This option will increase your loan indebtedness. The annual maximum awards from the Federal Stafford Loan Program are based on the borrower's classification and dependency status as indicated in the chart below. Annual Loan Limits Classification Dependent Independent Freshmen $2,625.00 $ 6,625.00* Sophomores $3,500.00 $ 7,500.00* Juniors and Seniors $5,500.00 $10,500.00* ' *Only the dependent student amounts may be subsidized. The additional $4,000 for freshmen and sophomores and the additional $5,000 for juniors and seniors are unsubsidized funds. The Federal Stafford Loan Program has a maximum aggregate (hfetime) limit on the amount of funds a student may borrow. The aggregate loan limit for undergraduate dependent students is $23,000. An undergraduate independent student may borrow a maximum of $46,000 ($23,000 subsidized and $23,000 unsubsidized.) Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) is available to the parents of a dependent student to defray remaining educational expenses after all other financial aid resources are exhausted. Ehgible appHcants may borrower up to the cost of attendance less other financial aid. The interest rate will not exceed 9%. UnUke the Federal Stafford Loan program, PLUS borrowers must be credit worthy to quaUfy for this loan and repayment begins within 60 days of the loan disbursement. If the parent borrower is denied a PLUS, the borrower may appeal to the lender if an extenuating circumstance exist. 37 Amount Borrowed Number of Payments 18 36 48 5% Payment $58 5% Total Interest 8.25% Payment 8.25% Total Interest 9% Payment 9% Total Interest $1,000 $40 $59 $67 $60 $73 2,000 60 60 158 63 265 64 290 2,625 277 64 466 65 511 3,000 3,500 60 72 57 56 397 558 61 62 63 61 671 949 1279 62 63 64 737 1042 4,000 84 120 120 57 53 58 64 74 749 1364 1500 1406 5,000 2359 70 2861 5,500 67 2595 70 2861 $,000 r,ooo 120 120 1637 1910 74 86 2831 3303 76 89 101 3121 3641 8,000 120 120 85 90 2182 2319 98 104 3775 4161 8,500 4011 4246 4718 5190 108 114 127 139 4421 9,000 10,000 11,000 120 120 120 95 106 117 2455 2728 3001 110 123 135 147 159 4681 5201 5721 12,000 13,000 120 120 127 138 3273 3546 5662 6134 152 165 6241 6765 14,000 120 148 3819 172 6606 177 /281 15,000 120 120 120 159 170 180 4092 4365 4637 184 196 208 7077 190 /802 16,000 7549 8021 203 8322 17,000 215 8842 18,000 120 191 4910 221 8493 228 9362 19,000 120 202 5183 233 8965 241 9882 20,000 120 212 5456 5729 245 9437 253 10402 21,000 120 223 257 270 282 9908 10380 10852 266 279 10922 22,000 120 120 120 233 244 255 6001 6274 11442 23,000 291 11962 24,000 6547 294 11324 304 12482 25,000 26,(M)0 120 120 265 276 6820 7092 307 319 11796 12268 317 329 342 13003 13523 27,000 120 286 7365 331 12739 14043 28,000 29,000 120 120 297 308 7638 7911 8184 343 356 13211 13683 354 367 14563 15083 368 14155 380 30,000 120 318 15603 32,000 120 120 339 361 8729 392 15099 405 16643 34,000 9275 9820 10366 417 441 16042 16986 430 456 17683 36,000 120 120 382 403 18724 38,000 466 17930 481 19764 40,000 42,000 44,000 120 120 120 120 424 445 467 10911 11457 12003 490 515 539 18873 19817 20761 506 532 557 20804 21844 22884 46,000 488 12548 564 21704 582 23925 Loan Repayment Student loans are excellent sources of financial assistance in deft-aying education costs. However, borrowers should always remember that they are obhgated to repay these loans. LaGrange College encourages students to borrow responsibly. The chart on the previous page provides typical repayment information of student loans and assumes that Unsubsidized Stafford Loan borrowers paying accrued interest while enrolled and during their grace period. Georgia Student Assistance Programs The State of Georgia provides several financial aid programs to assist residents of Georgia. Recipients of these programs must meet financial aid eUgibiUty and Georgia residency requirements. For most state grants, a Georgia resident is one who has physically hved in the state for a minimum of 12 consecutive months for some purpose other than to attend school and intends to remam in the state indefinitely. An appHcant for financial aid will be considered a resident of Georgia if he/she can demonstrate that he or she has physically resided in the state for twelve consecutive months prior to the first date of enrollment and can provide documentation of intent to remain indefinitely. Acceptable documentation of intent to remain indefinitely includes but is not limited to a Georgia driver's Ucense, voter registration card, automobile registration or other definitive evidence. Residency is estabUshed twelve months fi-om the date the documentation was issued. The residency of the supporting parent drives the residency of a dependent student. The Director of Financial Aid makes final determination of residency. Georgia LEAP Grant is a State of Georgia need-based grant awarded to Georgia residents who qualify for Federal Pell Grant and have substantial financial need. The annual amount is contingent upon funding by the Georgia Legislature and the Federal government G^rgia Tuition Equalization Grant is a non-need-based grant awarded to Georgia residents attending a private college or university as a full-time student. The annual amount is contingent upon funding by the Georgia Legislature. The amount of the grant beginning Fall 2001 is $1,100. The HOPE Scholarship Program has provided scholarship assistance for Georgia residents since 1993 as a result of the Georgia Lottery and the efforts of former Governor Zell Miller. Georgia residents who graduated fi-om high school on or after June 1996 with a 'B' average are ehgible for $3,000 per year scholarship to attend a Georgia private college or university. HOPE Scholars attending a private college or university must be full-time to quahfy. HOPE scholars must maintain a 3.0 grade point average for continued eligibiUty. HOPE Scholars will be evaluated at increments of 30, 60, and 90 semester hours. Students who did not graduate from high school as a HOPE Scholar may become ehgible for the HOPE Scholarship after completing 30, 60, or 90 semester hours. This is provided the student's cumulative grade point average is a 3.0 or better; the 39 student was a Georgia resident at the time of enrollment at a Georgia college or university and at the time the student becomes eligible for the HOPE Scholarship. The calculation of grade point averages for HOPE purposes must include all courses attempted since graduating from high school. HOPE Promise Scholarship provides forgivable loans to undergraduate students who plan to teach in Georgia upon completing their education degree. Applicants must be of junior standing with a 3.0 or better grade point average. Georgia residency or full-time attendance is not a requirement. Law Enforcement Personnel Dependents Grants provides non-repayable grants of up to $2,000 per year to ehgible Georgia residents who are dependent children of Georgia law enforcement officers, prison guards, or firemen who were permanently disabled or killed in the Hne of duty. Service Cancelable Stafford Loans provide forgivable Stafford loans to Georgia residents who are pursuing degrees in areas where there is a critical shortage of quahfied professionals. The terms and conditions of a service cancelable loan are the same as for a Federal Stafford loan except the student may cancel the loan in full by working one year at an approved Georgia location for each academic year funding was received. The cancellation benefit will be principal and accrued interest. The only approved critical field at LaGrange College is nursing. Funding in this program is limited. Awards are made on a first-come, first-served basis. LaGrange College Financial Assistance Programs LaGrange College assists students in defraying the cost of attending our institution by offering institutional grants, scholarships and student employment to eUgible students. LaGrange College Grant is available to undergraduate degree seeking students enrolled full-time. Ehgibihty is based on financial need and academic promise. Recipients of this grant must maintain at a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or better. LaGrange College HOPEMatch is awarded to enrolhng freshmen, beginning with Fall 2002, who graduate from high school as a HOPE Scholar or from an out of state high school with a 3.0 or better grade point average. The award is a maximum of $3,000 per year. Students awarded academic scholarships will receive the greater of the HOPEMatch or the academic award. Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant is available to female students enrolled full- time with financial need. Eligible recipients must reside in Georgia, Alabama, South CaroUna, Tennessee, Florida, Mississippi, or Louisiana. The funds are made possible by an annual gift from the Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation. LaGrange College Methodist Scholarships are available to active members of the United Methodist Church. These scholarships are non-need based and are awarded based on academic excellence, church activities, essay, and recommendation from minister. 40 LaGrange College Work Aid Program provides students, regardless of financial need, with opportunities to earn additional money for school through employment in campus departments and community service activities. Disbursement of Financial Aid All financial aid funds are credited directly to the student's account. The funds are appUed towards current tuition, fees, room, board, and other charges as authorized by the student. Financial aid funds are for educational expenses and those students who fail to enroll or attend classes are not eligible for their financial aid award. Disbursements will only be made to students who have submitted all required documents for disbursement, are registered and have begun attendance in all classes, are meeting Satisfactory Academic Progress standards, and are enrolled for the appropriate number of credits hours to estabUsh ehgibihty for individual financial aid programs. Financial aid disbursements are based on the recipient's enrollment status at the conclusion of late registration. Below are individual enrollment and ehgibihty requirements for disbursement of financial aid programs. Federal Pell Grant and Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant These programs do not require full-time enrollment. However, awards are prorated based on the recipient's enrollment status. HOPE Scholarship and Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant Recipients of these grants must maintain full-time enrollment and regular class attendance for 14 days beyond the conclusion of late registration to estabUsh ehgibihty for these grants. Students who withdraw or are administratively withdrawn ft-om a course resulting in an enrollment status of less than full-time before the end of the ehgibihty period will forfeit funds for that semester. LaGrange College Grant, Academic, and Merit Scholarships LaGrange College Grant and Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant recipients must enroll full-time to receive these funds and maintain a 2.0 or better grade point average to quahfy for these funds. Academic and Merit Scholarship recipients should refer to their scholarship letter regarding renewal criteria. Student Loans Recipients of Federal Perkins and Federal Stafford must be enrolled at least half-time on the day of disbursement to quahfy for their loan proceeds. Borrowers who fail to register half-time or drop below half-time will have their loan funds returned to the lender and future disbursements cancelled. New borrowers and transfer students are required to complete Federal Stafford and/ or Federal Perkins Loan entrance counsehng before loan proceeds will be disbursed. Federal Stafford loans are disbursed electronically and credited to the 41 student's account. Perkins borrowers must sign their promissory note for each disbursement of their loan. Other Grants and Loans Scholarships, grants, and loans from external sources will be disbursed as specified by the donor. Work Programs Participants in Federal Work-Study and LaGrange College Work Aid programs are paid monthly. Payroll checks are available on the 10*^ day of each month in the Business Office. Signed timesheets are due in the Financial Aid Office on the last working day of the month. Disbursement of Excess Financial Aid Students with residual financial aid funds after tuition, fees, room, board, and other authorized charges are paid will receive a refund of the remaining credit balance within 14 days of the first day of classes or 14 days fi-om the date the credit occurs (if after final registration). All refunds must be retrieved from the Business Office and requires a picture ED before disbursement. If the student wishes to leave the credit balance on their account for subsequent terms, he/she must sign an authorization form with the Business Office. If there are residual financial aid funds as a result of a PLUS loan, the refund will be issued only to the parent borrower unless otherwise specified. Student Financial Aid and Federal Tax Implications Students receiving scholarships and grants that exceed their tuition, fees, books and suppUes should be aware that these funds are taxable under federal and state tax law. It is important that students maintain records of their grants and scholarships and documentation of educational expenses for reporting purposes. Federal tax law allows for only quahfied scholarships and grants to be excluded from income. Quahfied scholarships are any amount of grant and scholarship received that is used for tuition, fees, books, supphes and equipment required for course instruction. Scholarships and grants that are specifically designated for educational expenses other that those described under quahfied scholarships (room, board, transportation, or hving expenses) are taxable. For information, please read IRS Pubhcation 520, "Scholarships and Fellowships," for more details on reporting requirements or consult a tax professional. Suspected Fraud Institutions are required to report cases of suspected fi*aud to the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Education, or, if more appropriate, to the state or local law enforcement agency having jurisdiction to investigate these allegations. Fraud may exist if the institution beheves the apphcant misreported or altered information in order to increase their financial aid eUgibihty or fraudulently obtained federal funds. 42 STUDENT LIFE The Student Life staff is concerned with providing those services which assist individuals in their personal growth. Their purpose is to provide assistance which facihtates the development of the total person. At LaGrange College, the emphasis is upon the intellectual, social, physical and spiritual development of each student. Student Life involves a wide variety of programs and activities. The broad range of available services is an outgrowth of complex student needs: orientation, activities, student government, organizations, health services, wellness programs, parking, food service, discipUne, leadership development, personal counseUng, career development and placement, fraternities and sororities, and all residence programming. The Student Life staff is conmiitted to creating a positive cUmate within which personal growth and development occur. Aims of Student Development Services To faciUtate the transition from high school to college. To develop and sustain through student-involvement activities, organizations and services a campus life encouraging the cultural, intellectual, social, physical and reUgious development of all students. To assist students in discovering hfe goals and exploring career opportunities. To create an environment which stimulates quaUties of self-discipUne and personal responsibiUty. To provide a suitable context whereby the student can explore new ideas, skills and life styles, thus gaining the insight and experience necessary to make intelhgent choices. To provide opportunity for the student to develop the understanding and skills required for responsible participation in a democratic community through involvement in self-government. To serve a supervisory role in campus disciphnary concerns; to develop, with campus community involvement, and to distribute the necessary rules and regulations for a harmonious and productive college community. To mediate, where necessary, conflicts between individuals and campus community standards. To provide a comfortable, clean, safe enviroimient that enhances the personal growth as well as the academic pursuits of resident students. To collect retention data and to suggest/plan programs and strategies to increase retention based on data collected. 43 Residence Programs Resident Classification Freshmen, sophomores and juniors taking twelve or more hours are required to live in college housing, so long as appropriate campus housing is available. The Office of Student Development may exempt a student for one of the following reasons: 1. The student is 21 years of age or over at the time of registration; 2. The student is married and hving with spouse within a radius of fifty miles; 3. The student is residing exclusively with parents or legal guardian within the radius of fifty miles; or 4. The student is a veteran with at least two years of active mihtary service. Effective with the freshman class entering in the Fall of 2002, all full-time, undergraduate, unmarried students enrolled in the Day Program will be required to hve on campus. A student may be exempt if he/she resides with parents or legal guardian within a 30 mile radius. A senior is defined as a student who has successfully completed at least 81 semester hours of academic work and who has completed the general requirements. The Student Development Office will have the final decision on all requests for exemption. Students are assigned rooms of their choice in so far as facilities permit. (Roommates are assigned by mutual preference whenever possible.) The college reserves the right of approval of all room and residence hall assignments. Also, the college reserves the right to move a student from one room or residence hall to another room or residence hall during the year. Resident students are required to subscribe to the board plan. (See student handbook, page 43.) Room Deposit A room and tuition deposit of $200 is required of all resident students. The room deposit ($100) is not a prepayment to be apphed to residence hall charges but will remain on deposit with the College to be refunded, provided the student's account with the College is cleared, upon one of the following: (1) change of status from resident student to commuter student, (2) formal withdrawal, or (3) graduation. The room reservation/damage deposit serves as a room reservation while the student is not occupying college housing and is refundable if a student cancels his/her reservation by the following dates: July 15 for fall semester, December 15 for spring semester. It serves as a damage deposit while the student is occupying college housing and is refundable when the student leaves the college housing minus any unpaid assessments and/or any debt owed to the College. Complete residence information and regulations can be found in the student handbook. 44 Residence Hall Activities Each housing unit has a hall council which functions as a governing body and also a coordinating committee to plan activities within the residence halls such open houses, movie nights, decorating contests and other special events. The Hall council representatives are elected by their respective residence hall floors. Student Government and Other Organizations The Student Government Association exists to serve as a medium for student expressions, to coordinate campus activities, to promote good citizenship and to govern within the parameters granted by the President of the College. The SGA is an important part of student life. Upon acceptance into the CoUege, a student automatically becomes a member of the association. All students are encouraged to become active members, so that the association is a truly representative body of student thought and opinion, voicing the needs and concerns of the student body. The SGA is charged with responsibility of planning and presenting smdents programs. They sponsor concerts, dances, movies, and many other special events. Student publications are supported by the LaGrange College; these include the newspaper, yearbook, and a magazine. All clubs and organizations are sanctioned by LaGrange College. These include: Social Sororities Alpha Omicron Pi Kappa Delta PhiMu Social Fraternities Delta Tau Delta Kappa Sigma Pi Kappa Phi Alpha Phi Omega Hilltoppers The Environmental Club Habitat for Humanity Baptist Student Union Interfaith Council Wesley Fellowship Fellowship for Christian Athletes Honorary Organizations Alpha Psi Omega (drama) Service Clubs Religious Organizations Delta Mu Delta (business administration) Delta Omicron, Gamma Phi Chapter (music honor students) MBA Association Lambda Alpha Epsilon (social work) Phi Alpha Theta (history) 45 Honorary Organizations (cont.) Omicron Delta Kappa (leadership) Omicron Delta Epsilon (economics) Psi Chi (psychology) Sigma Tau Delta (English) Phi Eta Omega (pre-health professions) Kappa Delta Pi (Education Honor Society) Departmental/Special CRIS- Campus Recreation Interest Groups and Intramural Sports Student Nurses Association Art Student League Business and Economics Society Student Education Association Association of Computer Machinery Student Publications The Quadrangle (yearbook) The Hilltop News (paper) The Scroll (magazine) The student handbook is pubhshed by the Student Development Office and contains guidelines and regulations for successful campus life,. Athletic Program LaGrange College is a member of the NAIA and is a probationary member of the NCAA Division IE. College colors are red and black. Intercollegiate teams compete in women's soccer, basketball, cross country, volleyball, softball, swimming and tennis and men's baseball, basketball, cross country, golf, soccer, swimming and tennis. It is the philosophy of LaGrange College that the team participants are attending college primarily for a quality education, and no athletic scholarships are offered. The coaching staff is a group of highly quaUfied teachers who stress the educational aims of the College. LaGrange College is committed to a full program of non-scholarship athletics that encourages the student-athlete to reap the benefits of educationally sound activity that encourages and promotes a strong academic regime. Students are given the opportunity to participate fully in their given sport and to compete with other teams locally, statewide, and regionally. Philosophy Statement for Intercollegiate Athletics Intercollegiate athletics at LaGrange College provide students with an integral complement to their total educational experience. Recognizing the importance of athletics to the individual student while seeking to strike an appropriate balance between the hfe of the mind and participation in co- curricular offerings, the college is conmiitted to providing a program of intercollegiate athletics that is student-centered for both participants and spectators. The college beUeves that the primary function of intercollegiate athletics at a small, 46 church-related, liberal arts college is one of a high quaUty co-curricular complement to its overall mission. As such, academics have priority over athletic or other co-curricular pursuits. LaGrange College seeks to recruit and retain student athletes who understand the balance of priorities between academics and co-curricular programs, whether the latter are athletics, the performing arts, or other student activities. The college employs coaches who understand that balance of priorities, and its coaches seek to recruit students who will be successful student-athletes. Because the college awards no financial aid based upon athletic abihty, the aim of student-athlete recruitment by coaches is not solely for athletic success but rather for student contribution to the college's enrollment goals, although by no means do those have to be mutually exclusive. The college embraces a commitment to instill and develop the values of superlative ethical conduct and fair play among its athletes, coaches, spectators, and other constituents. Further, LaGrange College recognizes that student-athletes are role models to their peers as well as representatives of the college, and the college actively encourages student-athletes to conduct themselves in a maimer which befits those roles. LaGrange College is committed to gender equity and values cultural diversity. The College will invest sufficient resources to ensure that medical and athletic training services are available to all athletes at appropriate times. It shall strive to ensure that all individuals an all teams are treated with the same level of fairness, resources, and respect so that all athletes are afforded and an equal opportunity to develop their potential as a student-athlete. Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports (CRIS) The Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports program provides opportunities for wholesome recreation and competition among members of the campus community. Teams representing campus organizations and independents compete in organized tournaments and events throughout the year. Competitive events include flag football, volleyball, basketball (regulation, 3 on 3, H*0*R*S*E), domino's dash, softball, badminton, tennis, water volleyball and pickle ball. Winners of the campus tournaments in some of these events are eUgible to represent LaGrange College in state or regional tournaments. Special awards are presented to the men's and women's groups with the highest participation rates and best record for the entire year. In addition, male and female " Athletes of the Year" are selected. Many opportunities are available for recreational use of the facilities in the LaGrange College Aquatics Complex: recreational swimming and lap swimming all year round in the indoor pool; the aquarius water work-out stations, water aerobics or aqua exercise or aqua exercise class (non-credit); diving on the one-meter and three-meter diving boards. The facihties and equipment of the Physical Education Department also are 47 available for student recreational use when these are not scheduled for instructional, athletic, or intramural sports use. The use of outdoor equipment (canoes, sailboats, backpacks, tents, stoves, lanterns) requires the payment of a small deposit which is refunded upon the safe return of the equipment. The fitness center, gymnasium, and pools are available for student/faculty/staff use during posted hours. A vahd LaGrange College ID is necessary for admittance to all facilities. Religious Life College is a point of transition. Regardless of the student's age or reason for being on campus, college is a turning point. It is a time of exciting intellectual and social growth. During their collegiate experiences, students will wrestle with new ideas, discover new interests, and explore issues of intimacy and identity. In contrast, the struggle to define identity and personal values is an opportunity for spiritual growth and faith development. Therefore, ReUgious Life programs at LaGrange College offer students a chance to examine their faith, to assess what is important, and to forge a system of values that will sustain them through their adult years. Growing out of its history of service and its affihation with The United Methodist Church, LaGrange College is committed to creating a caring and ethical community that challenges student's minds and inspires their souls. As a result, the CoUege offers a number of opportunities for students, faculty and staff members to celebrate life and explore God's intention for human hving. Included in these opportunities are occasions for worship, fellowship, and service. Chapel services are scheduled every Sunday at 10:00 p.m., and there are special worship services throughout the year. Book discussion groups and student forums are scheduled throughout the year. The Alternative Spring Break Initiative during the College's Spring Break allows interested students, faculty and staff members to experience life and service in another culture. Office of the Chaplain The College employs a full-time chaplain who is available for counseUng and informal conversation. The Chaplain engages with many different people throughout the campus community. In all the Chaplain does, the goal is to enable a clearer understanding of what one believes, of how one relates to one's own faith and to those of other faiths. As such, much of the Chaplain's work is done in conversation with individuals and small groups for questions on matters of faith on campus; offering Uturgical/sacramental services; assisting students with vocation discernment, and addressing pressing moral, ethical and theological questions. Mission of the Chaplain's Office The mission of the Office of the Chaplain is to lead the members of the college community in fostering a sustaining vision for a caring and ethical community 48 through faith development, worship, and vocational discernment. This vision is manifested by: Efforts within college community to discern the ways in which one is called to respond to his/her individual dreams from God. Efforts that help students grow as a "sign and instrument" of the Peaceable Realm for common good. Efforts to enrich humanity and the world through the articulation of ethical and rehgious values and their impUcations. Programs, Exhibitions and Forum Lectures A balanced and comprehensive program of lectures, music performances, dramatic presentations, workshops and other activities contribute to student enrichment. Tuesdays and Thursdays from 1 1:00 a.m. until 12:20 p.m. are reserved for programs, exhibitions, and forum lectures. Traditional Activities Homecoming and Parents Day Fall weekend featuring concert, parade and culminating with crowning of Queen. May Day Step sing and concert Greek Week Week of activities centering around campus Greek life Quadrangle Dance Spring Formal scheduled around Valentine's Day There are a number of activities planned by the SGA in both terms. Please consult the Student Handbook for specific dates. Student Conduct LaGrange College, as a church-related college, is conmiitted to an honorable and seemly standard of conduct. As an educational institution the college is concerned not only with the formal in-class education of its students, but also with their welfare and their growth into mature men and women who conduct themselves responsibly as citizens. Regulations of the college are formulated to meet changing student needs within the framework of college policy. These regulations become effective when the student enrolls. Some regulations may not be agreeable to everyone because they have been formulated to meet the needs of the entire group. This however, does not lessen the individual's obHgation to uphold them. Regulations do not have as their primary purpose the punishment of the 49 individual. The regulations are formulated to insure the right of all community members to have the best possible Uving and learning conditions. The College reserves the right to dismiss at any time a student who, in its judgment, is undesirable and whose continuation in the school is detrimental to himself or his fellow student. Furthermore, students are subject to federal, state and local laws as well as college niles and regulations. A student is not entitled to greater immunities before the law than those enjoyed by other citizens generally. Students are subject to such discipUnary action as the administration of the college may consider appropriate, including possible suspension and expulsion for breach of federal, state or local laws, or college regulations. This principle extends to conduct off campus which is hkely to have adverse effect on the college or on the educational process or which stamps the offender as an unfit associate for the other students. A complete description of student conduct poUcies, rules and regulations can be found in the student handbook. Sexual Harassment Policy All members of the College community have the right to be free from sex discrimination in the form of sexual harassment. Sexual harassment may take two forms: (1) creating a hostile environment, and (2) "quid pro quo". A hostile, demeaning, or intimidating enviroimient created by sexual harassment interferes with an individual's full and free participation in the life of the College. Sexual harassment "quid pro quo" occurs when a position of authority is used to threaten to impose a penalty or withhold a benefit in return for sexual favors, whether or not the attempt is successful. Sexual harassment may involve behavior by a person of either gender against a person of the same or opposite gender. It should be noted that the potential of sexual harassment exists in any of the following relationships: student/student, faculty/student, student/faculty, and faculty/faculty. Here and subsequently "faculty" refers to faculty, staff, and administration. Because of the inherent differential in power between faculty and students, sexual relationships between faculty and students are prohibited. Sexual harassment may result from many kinds of behavior. These behaviors may range from the most egregious forms, such as sexual assault, to more subtle forms. Explicit behaviors include, but are not hmited to, requests for sexual favors, physical assaults of a sexual nature, sexually offensive remarks, and rubbing, touching or brushing against another's body. More subtle behaviors may be experienced as intimidating or offensive, particularly when they recur or one person has authority over another. Such behaviors may include, but are not hmited to unwelcome hugs or touching, inappropriate staring, veiled suggestions of sexual activity, requests for meetings in non- academic settings, and risque jokes, stories, or images. 50 Accusations of sexual harassment which are made without good cause shall not be condoned. Such accusations are indeed grievous and can have damaging and far reaching effects upon the careers and hves of individuals. Any member of the College community having a complaint of sexual harassment may raise the matter informally and/or file a formal complaint. The informal process is an attempt to mediate between the parties in order to effect a mutually agreeable solution without entering into the formal hearing process. Informal Procedures The following informal procedures may be followed: Clearly say "no" to the person whose behavior is unwelcome. Communicate either orally or in writing with the person whose behavior is unwelcome. The most effective communication will have three elements: (1) A factual description of the incident(s) including the time, place, date and specific behavior. (2) A description of the complainant's feeUngs, including consequences of the incidents. (3) A request that the conduct cease. Speak with a department chair, dean, director, counselor, or chaplain who may speak to the person whose behavior is unwelcome. The name of the complainant need not be disclosed. The purpose of such conversation is the cessation of the unwelcome behavior. In the case of harassment of a student, it may be appropriate first to seek advice of his or her advisor. Formal Procedures To initiate a formal grievance procedure the complainant shall submit a written statement to the chair of the Review Subcommittee of the Academic Standards Committee who shall report the complaint to the President of the College. The President, after such consultant as is deemed appropriate, will request the names of several persons from each party to the dispute, and the President shall choose one person's name from each list to be added to the three-person Review Committee. Member of the Committee will meet to discuss the complaint. Unless the Committee concludes that the complaint is without merit, the parties to the dispute will be invited to appear before the Committee and to confront any adverse witoesses. The Committee may conduct its own inquiry, call witnesses, and gather whatever information it deems necessary to assist in reaching a determination as to the merits of the accusation. Once a determination has been reached, the Committee shall report its finding to the President of the College. 51 Possible outcomes of the investigation are (1) that the allegation is not warranted and cannot be substantiated, (2) a negotiated settlement of the compUant, or (3) that the allegation is substantiated requiring a recommendation to the President that disciplinary action be taken. Student Health Services All students must have proof of medical insurance. For those not having coverage through individual or group plans, LaGrange College makes available accident and sickness coverage through a private carrier at reasonable rates. Application forms are available at registration or through the Business Office. For a description of health services available to LaGrange College students, refer to the student handbook. Career Planning and Placement Center The LaGrange College Career center provides services to students, alumni and staff. The counselor assists students with the total career development process. From their first year at LaGrange College, students are encouraged to use Center's resources to identify and prioritize their values, interests, and skills and to recognize the impact they have on career decisions. The Career Center provides resources to support students in locating part- time employment, internships, fellowships and graduate assistantships, summer jobs, and full-time, career employment. Additional resources and training provide students with job search skills (resume preparation, interview skills, etc.) as well as graduate school apphcation skills (e.g., test preparation, online resources). LaGrange College is a member of the Georgia Consortium of College which each year provides a Career Fair in Atlanta that enables our seniors and recent graduates to meet with employers from over one hundred industries and agencies. Personal and Academic Counseling An important part of the philosophy of LaGrange College is that each student should have advice and counseling throughout his/her academic career. The counseling office, located at the end of Smith Hall directly behind the patio, offers a variety of counseling services to assist students in reaching their academic and personal goals. The counseling office does this by providing short-term personal counseling in the following areas: resolving conflicts, adjustment to college life away from home, relationships with friends and family members, reducing stress, feelings of depression, eating disorders, and alcohol or substance abuse. The counseling office also provides smdy skills workshops, maintains the campus- tutoring center, and offers one on one academic coaching. In addition, the counseling office works with students who have documentation of a learning disability to ensure that the students receive the accommodations they need to help 52 reach their academic goals. The counseling office also strives to help students make the most of themselves as developing persons, to be more effective in their relationships with others, to understand feelings and behavior, and to enhance positive traits. Discussions are confidential in keeping with professional standards. Vehicle Registration To insure efficient control of traffic and parking on campus and the safety of all persons and vehicles, every vehicle must be registered and must have an affixed current decal. These decals are issued to students, along with a copy of existing parking regulations. There is a fee. Failure to adhere to pubUshed pohcies may result in vehicles being towed. Student Appeal of Decisions Recognizing that decisions must be made and that some students may feel aggrieved by some decisions, LaGrange College provides the following procedures: A student must first attempt to resolve an issue with the college staff member first rendering a decision. If this does not resolve the issue, a decision rendered by a college staff member may be appealed by a student as follows: I.. Student Life: (a) A disciplinary decision rendered either by a duly constituted student judicial board or to the Dean of Students. DiscipUnary decisions rendered originally by the Dean of Students may be appealed in writing to the Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention who shall seek, in an informal conference, to settle the grievance to the satisfaction of the two parties involved. If no resolution can be found, the Vice President will dehver the appeal to the Student Affairs Committee of the faculty for its determination. (b) Other grievances in the area of student Ufe may be appealed to the Dean of Students. If the grievance involves an original decision rendered by the Dean of Students, the decision may be appealed as above. II. Financial Aid. See the Financial Aid Section. in. Academic Matters. See the Academic Regulations and Procedures Section. 53 54 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES In order to promote and support the administrative, academic and research interests and responsibiUties of students, facuhy and staff, substantial information technology is provided at LaGrange College. This technology consists of a networked system of workstations and services designed to encourage and improve the computer hteracy of the user enviroimient. Contributing to the personal and professional growth of all members of the College community, this technology is accessed in all areas of the LaGrange College campus. William and Evelyn Banks Library WilUam and Banks Library supplies its patrons with information access on the main floor, through nine Pentium III computers on the Pubhc Access Desk. Patrons can access the Onhne Catalog system, the GALILEO project. World Wide Web searching, and the CD-ROM network. The hbrary catalog can also be accessed through four workstations on other floors. The hbrary has a Multimedia Lab that serves as a bibhographic instruction classroom that is open to faculty and students for multimedia and word processing purposes when not used for instruction. This lab has sixteen multimedia Pentium machines, a scanner, an LED projector for instruction, a laser printer and a color Inkjet printer. This lab will be expanded as need and funding permit. Henry Tutoring Center The Tutoring Center is located on the fifth floor of Henry residential hall. The hours of operation are Monday through Thursday and Sunday evenings from 6 p.m. until 9 p.m. starting the second week of the semester. The tutors are selected by faculty recommendation according to expertise in the subject area. Although the Math Lab and a Satelhte Writing Center provide the center's foundation, the tutoring center also employs tutors for chemistry, biology, anatomy, history, and Hterature. If a student is having a problem with a subject that is not offered at the tutoring center, the student can come to the counseUng office and every effort will be made to offer assistance in that area. The Writing Center Located on the ground floor of Banks Library, the Writing Center offers a congenial place for writers of aU levels and abihties to talk with other writers about their work in any academic discipUne. Open weekday mornings, afternoons, and evenings, the Center welcomes anyone who wishes to engage in constructive talk about any aspect of the composition process. Because the Center operates on the dual assumption that all of us are learners as weU as 55 teachers and that learning is, to some extent, a social process, conversation and collaboration (always within the purview of the Honor Code) constitute the basis for all of the Center's efforts. The Writing Center exists to serve students who would like individuaUzed help with their writing. Dr. Laine Scott, a faculty member from the Department of English, supervises a staff of undergraduates who have proven to be especially proficient in their writing skills. Students may either drop in or schedule appointments for individual writing conferences to discuss topic generation and development, brainstorm with another writer, or pohsh a final draft. During those hours when no staff is available, students may take advantage of the Center's additional resources: handouts offering solutions to specific writing problems, reference books for grammar and documentation, and six computer terminals with Internet connections, hnked to the printer in the Multi-Media Lab next door. To stress the importance of Writing Across the Curriculum (WAC), the Writing Center has also developed satelhte writing programs for professors teaching courses in economics, psychology, biology, and history. Students in these classes are encouraged to work with Writing Center mtors on their course writing and research projects. The overriding philosophy of the Writing Center is to make the writing process, in all its various facets, a rewarding experience for writers at every level of proficiency. In addition to these campus-wide facihties, many departments and divisions maintain technology resources to support their mission. Henry Hall houses a new computer lab equipped with 20 Pentium n PC's, two laser printers, a flat bed scanner and a copier. This lab is open 24 hours a day. The Education multimedia technology labs have been specifically designed for the education major. These labs support instruction and hands-on use of technology in order to enable the pre-service teacher to integrate the use of multimedia equipment into a classroom teaching situation. The Multimedia Production Lab is equipped with Power Macintosh and PC computers, a color scanner, a video camera, a digital camera, monitorsA'^CR's, an LCD panel, printers and more. Laminating, binding and poster- making equipment is also available for use in this lab. CompUmenting the multimedia lab is the software evaluation lab. This lab provides an environment equipped with both IBM- compatible Pentiums and Macintosh Power PC's where the most current commercial educational software can be evaluated. Software can also be viewed in videodisc and CDI formats. Teachers from surrounding county school systems often seek the resources available in this lab for software evaluations. Nursing education and practice are as driven by technology as are other aspects of Ufe and work today. With computer-based interactive and tutorial programs, students learn independently, at their own pace, and can vicariously "practice" their profession. In addition, the Division of Nursing resources permit learning and use of computer skiUs which support other skills and 56 knowledge outside of (but needed for) nursing. These skills include writing, reading, and the seeking of knowledge from the vast array of possibilities found on the Internet. Technological resources found in the Nursing Computer Lab include Pentium III PC's, a flat bed scanner, a laptop PC equipped with an LCD panel, a color inkjet printer, and a laser printer. Eight separate nursing educational software packages can also be utilized in the lab. Computer Science, located in Smith Hall, utiUzes two separate computer labs. One lab is made up of 18 Pentium III PC's loaded with compilers, integrated development systems, Web development software, as well as basic word processing, spreadsheet, database, and presentation software. The other lab consists of workstations that provide access to Oracle, as well as Linux, Windows NT and Novell Netware network operating systems. These labs provide computer science majors access to instruction and use of the technology necessary to succeed in their chosen field in today's technological world. Psychology students have access to a computer lab in the Callaway Academic Building, consisting of Macintosh computers. In addition, several computers are available in the Psychology Laboratory for use in laboratory and tutorial assignments in connection with psychology courses. In an effort to meet the ever-changing technological needs of a Uberal arts education, the Department of Mathematics maintains a multi-media equipped lecture room. The Jolly Lecture Room located in the Science building houses an LCD projector, and VCR. Student desks are wired to the campus network and can accommodate up to 72 concurrent connections. The research faciUties of the Department of History and Political Science programs are excellent. The computer laboratory is a facility funded in part by a National Science Foundation grant. Comprised of Macintosh computers, the user enjoys full Internet and World Wide Web access. The laboratory has available a variety of appUcations for various educational, research, and writing tasks and an archive of information on many topics, especially in pohtical science. Technology resources are integral to the graphic design concentration in Art and Design at LaGrange CoUege. AU graphic design students are taught fundamental computer techniques, page layout and illustration programs, basic system information and the ethics regarding the use of digital information. Advanced students learn digital imaging and system information output options and other advanced techniques. All students are encouraged to develop a personal creative approach to using the computer as well as to using thoughtful, intelUgent design. Through encouragement to be not only technical but also creative, students accomplish the College's missions "to discover and value that which is excellent in life" and "to accept responsibiUty in contemporary society." The Chemistry and Physics programs share a resource room which houses CAl/CAD (computer assisted instruction/computer assisted drill) workstations that are connected to the campus network; a multi-media workstation, 57 connected to the Internet; and an additional workstation, connected to the Internet. Ail classrooms and the physics laboratory have network/Internet access. The Chemistry Instrumentation Center includes computers that control most available instruments. This center also contains a molecular modeUng workstation made available by a grant from the Georgia Pacific Corporation. The Physics Laboratory includes computerized lab stations, which include sensors for measurement of various physical phenomena. Each of the physics computers is connected to the Internet, and is provided with a full complement of software for general- purpose use outside of the physics laboratory hours. Use of computers is integral to significant portions of the chemistry and physics curricula. Information about chemistry and physics courses may be found on the departmental website at http://www.chem.lgc.edu. In the Business Division, technology is used to enhance learning and teach tomorrow's managers how to derive the maximum benefit from information technology. Students majoring in Business Management and Accountancy at LaGrange College have ready access to a computer lab and computer stations in Smith Hall. These resources are used extensively across the business curriculum for instructional purposes, assignments, and research projects. Policy for the Responsible Use of Information Technology The purpose of this policy is to ensure a computing environment that wiU support the academic, research, and service mission of LaGrange College. Simply stated, continued and efficient accessibihty of campus computing and network faciUties depends on the responsible behavior of the entire user community. The College seeks to provide students, faculty, and staff with the greatest possible access to campus computing resources within the Umits of institutional priorities and financial capabilities and consistent with generally accepted principles of ethics that govern the College community. To that end, this policy addresses the many issues involved in responsible use of the College's information technology, including systems, software, and data. Each authorized user of information technology assumes responsibility for his or her own behavior while utilizing these resources. Users of information technology at LaGrange CoUege accept that the same moral and ethical behavior which guides our non-computing environments also guides our computing and networking environment. Any infraction of this poUcy may result minimally in loss of computer and network access privileges, or may result in criminal prosecution. Use All users of the College information technology resources agree to abide by the terms of this policy. Information technology resources include, but are not limited to. College owned computers and information technology hardware, the College campus network, information sources accessible through the campus network, and Internet access. When accessing any remote resources 58 utilizing LaGrange College information technology, users are required to comply with both the poUcies set forth in this document and all apphcable policies governing the use and access of the remote resource. The College, through a review and amendment process directed by the Instructional and Information Round Table (IITR), reserves the right to amend this poUcy. As far as possible, changes will be made only after consulting with the user conMnunity. LaGrange College computing resources and associated user accounts are to be used only for the College activities for which they are assigned or intended. The computing systems are not to be used for any non- coUege related conamercial purpose, pubhc or private, either for profit or non-profit. Unless placed in pubUc domain by its owners, software programs are protected by Section 1 1 7 of the 1976 Copyright Act. It is illegal to dupHcate, copy, or distribute software or its documentation without the permission of the copyright owner. Copyright protection of text, images, video and audio must also be respected in all uses of College technology resources. The LaGrange College Campus Network must not be used to serve information outside of LaGrange College without written permission approved by the IITR. User Accounts Many technology resources at LaGrange College are accessed through user accounts. No user accounts should be used to execute computer software or programs or attempt to gain access to resources other than software, programs or resources specifically granted and offered for use by LaGrange College. All users are responsible for both the protection of their account passwords and the data stored in their user accounts. Sharing a password is prohibited. Users should change their password periodically to help prevent unauthorized access of their user account. Any suspected unauthorized access of a user account should be reported immediately to the Executive Director of Instructional & Information Technology or another College authority. User accounts will be deactivated when the user's affiliation with the College is terminated and all files and other data will be removed from those accounts. The College provides email accounts for students, faculty and staff. All course information and other official College communication will only be sent to campus email addresses. Email must not be used for purposes inconsistent with the mission of the College. Users may not conceal, mask or misrepresent their identity when sending email or other electronic messages. Transmission of abusive, harassing or libelous electronic messages is forbidden. DeUberate transmission or propagation of malicious programs such as viruses, worms, Trojan Horses or participation in denial of service attacks are subject to disciplinary and possible criminal action. Users must make appropriate use of the subject line in postings to all college related mail groups (aUases). 59 Campus Computing Facilities Microcomputer labs on the LaGrange College campus are available for general use by students, faculty and staff except during the periods when the rooms have been reserved for teaching purposes. It is the responsibiUty of every user to use these facilities in a responsible manner. Accidental damage or damage caused by other parties should be reported as soon as possible so that corrective action can be taken. Personal Web Pages Any authorized user or group at the College may have a personal home page on a LaGrange College World Wide Web server, provided that the graphical images, multimedia information, text, or the intent of the home page do not refute the mission of LaGrange College. Users must sign a Registered Information Provider Agreement before web pages are placed on the server. Groups must designate an individual as their Registered Information Provider, who is responsible for the content of their web pages. Registered Information Provider Agreements must be renewed annually. Failure to renew will result in removal of content from the web server. No individual user is authorized to create and serve a website on the World Wide Web utilizing College computer resources. Apphcations for personal web pages should be made to the Director of Information Systems. Student Computer Configurations Access to the Internet is available in dormitory rooms for students who bring to campus, personal computers meeting the minimum specifications defined by Information Systems. These specifications are revised annually and will be made available to all new students. After the student pays a one-time hook-up fee. Information Systems personnel will configure the student's PC with the proper software to access the Internet. By accessing the College Network, students agree to abide by this usage poUcy. Information Systems will only support software installed by Information Systems personnel. Students must not change network configurations. Students are responsible for all network traffic originating from their network access. Students should employ appropriate and up-to-date anti-virus software. LaGrange College Campus Network The College provides network access in classrooms, laboratories, the Ubrary, offices and student dormitory rooms. While the College is conamitted to free speech and open access to information and communication, these must be tempered by the need to respect others' rights to speech, access and conmiunication. Each user is expected to balance their needs with the needs and expectations of the College community as a whole. The College reserves 60 the rights to limit bandwidth to users and access to non-academic, resource intensive appUcations if they threaten to interfere with academic uses of the campus network. Users on the network must not attempt to conceal, mask or misrepresent their identity or the identity of computers when using the network. Users shall not employ software or hardware that interferes with the operation or security of the network. Users shall not interfere with the administration of the campus network nor shall they attempt to breach any network or resource security system. In administering the network, network activities of users may be monitored as to type and quantity. Users are responsible for all network activities originating from resources provided them by the College. Data Security Within institutional priorities and financial capabiUties, LaGrange College provides reasonable security against unauthorized intrusion and damage to data, files and messages stored on its computer systems. The College maintains facilities for archiving and retrieving data stored in user accounts. If a user needs to recover data after an accidental loss, Information Systems staff should be contacted and every reasonable attempt will be made to recover the lost or corrupted data. Neither the College nor any Information Systems staff can be held accountable for unauthorized access by other users, nor can they guarantee data protection in the event of media failure, fire, criminal acts or natural disaster. Information Resource Use by Guests and Alunmi Use of physical facihties for information technology by guests (individuals not currently enrolled as students or currently employed as faculty or staff members of LaGrange College) and alunmi is allowed only within William and Eveljoi Banks Library and under the supervision of Ubrary staff. Additionally, such access is allowed only when existing resources are not being fully utilized by LaGrange College students, faculty, or staff. The use of technological resources may be extended to alumni and friends of LaGrange College without the imposition of a "user fee." A "per printed page" user fee established by Banks Library will be assessed for use of College printing resources. User Awareness: Because Information technologies change at so rapid a rate, updates to the Responsible Use Policy may be made between printings of College pubUcations. It is the responsibiUty of the user to keep informed of the guidehnes in this pohcy, which will be available on the LaGrange College Website (www.lgc.edu). 61 -f--TC.#^ wsmfmmmMmmmm:m:mmmm.. ..^m 62 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS AND DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Introduction Faculty members and the staff of LaGrange College implement academic and non-academic programs toward the fulfillment of the mission of the College. Undergirding all of the academic programs at LaGrange is the fundamental commitment to the liberal arts. Therefore, LaGrange College is first and foremost a hberal arts college. The underlying philosophy of Uberal learning is found in all parts of the curriculum of the College but is most obvious in the structure of the Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, that part of the curriculum that serves as foundation and complement to the major. All baccalaureate majors share the same Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, which represents just under fifty percent of a student's formal study at the College. The curriculum is designed to provide the components of a Uberal arts education that historically have proved to be of lasting value. Those components include skills such as strategies for college success, writing, computation, speaking, problem solving, computer utilization, and analytical thinking. Additionally, there are knowledge components including history, social studies, science, Uterature, religious heritage, modem foreign languages, and health. These skills and knowledge areas, while being taught and learned in specific courses, are integrated into the total college experience, and the desired result is that students will be better able to function within social institutions, to use science and technology, and to use and understand the role of the arts in culture. They, hkewise, will be better able to communicate, to solve problems, and to analyze and clarify their own value system. The Majors A major is defined as a primary program of study in which the student completes a designated number and sequence of courses within a specific discipUne, department or subject area. A major may or may not offer concentrations for focused course work within the major. A student may choose to pursue one of four baccalaureate degrees: the bachelor of arts, the bachelor of science, the bachelor of music, or the bachelor of science in nursing. Most students pursue one of these baccalaureate degrees. 63 Students enrolled in the Evening College may pursue the bachelor of business administration or an associate of arts in Liberal Studies. Please refer to the Evening College Bulletin for more details about this program. LaGrange College also offers graduate programs. In these programs, students may complete the Master of Arts in Teaching, the Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction, or the Master of Business Administration. Please refer to the Graduate Bulletin for more information about these programs. Bachelor of Arts Art and Design Biochemistry Biology Chemistry Computer Science Education Early Childhood Middle Grades Enghsh History Human Services Mathematics PoUtical Science Psychology Religion Spanish Theatre Arts Bachelor of Science Accountancy Business Management Chemistry Computer Science Mathematics Bachelor of Science in Nursing Nursing Bachelor of Music Creative Music Technologies Performance (voice, piano, organ, guitar, percussion) Church Music Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction (See Graduate Bulletin) Master of Arts in Teaching (See Graduate Bulletin) 64 Master of Business Administration (See Graduate Bulletin) General Business with emphasis on the management function Associate of Arts (See Evening College Bulletin) Liberal Studies Major Requirements, Time Restrictions Course work requirements in major programs necessarily change in response to evolving curriculum concerns and changing student needs. Students' major requirements are governed by the Bulletin in force at the time of the declaration of the major. The declaration of major is initiated in the Registrar's office. At the discretion of the department chair, students may be required to demonstrate proficiency and/or currency in the subject matter if the major course work is older than five (5) academic years. Normally credit hours earned in the major may not be appUed to the completion of the major, if the hours earned are older than eight years, dated from the student's initial matriculation. Students who have been out of school longer than two years must again declare their majors. Independent Study in the Major In certain majors, independent study courses are offered. These courses are limited to upper-class major and minor students who have completed at least two-thirds of their particular major or minor program, and who wish to pursue a special problem or course of reading beyond that taken up in any formal course and lying within the capabilities of the library and laboratories. In order to be ehgible for independent study, the student must have at least a 3.0 average in major courses. Total credit which can be earned through independent study normally will not be more than six semester hours. Written permission to enroll in such a course must be obtained from the instructor, the chair of the department concerned, and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. A descriptive syllabus including the method of evaluation must be submitted with the petition. Assessment in the Major The faculty members who are responsible for instruction in the major programs have identified specific objectives for a major in that disciphne. There is an assessment, devised by the faculty in the discipline, that determines the extent to which the objectives have been met by the student. That assessment is a requirement for students who graduated in June 1990, or who will graduate thereafter. The assessment styles are varied. Students should carefully explore with their adviser in their intended major the nature of the assessment. A satisfactory assessment in the major is a requirement 65 for the degree. The chair of the department offering the major must certify satisfactory completion of the assessment component. Students who fail to complete satisfactorily the assessment in the major and exhaust reassessment opportunities at the departmental level may appeal the decision of the department as described in the Academic Procedures and Regulations section. Advice and Counseling in the Major All students are assigned an academic adviser. Prior to the declaration of a major a student is advised by his or her Freshman Cornerstone instructor. Subsequent to declaring a major, the student and the department chair work together in planning a program. The ultimate responsibUity for selecting the proper courses in order to complete the desired degree is the responsibility of the student. 66 CORE PROGRAM IN THE LIBERAL ARTS As a Methodist related institution, LaGrange College offers an educational experience which emphasizes the inter-relatedness of knowledge and the importance of understanding and evaluating human experience. The Core Program in the Liberal Arts (also known as the Common Core Program) uses an interdiscipUnary approach to develop the students' creative, critical and communicative abiUties. The specific objectives of the Core Program include fostering the development of a sense of responsibihty for hving with integrity; instilhng a sense of wonder as well as developing skills to critically analyze current knowledge and to seek new understandings of God and the universe; developing the abihties to communicate effectively using written, oral, creative, and technological means; understanding and accepting one's responsibiUties as a member of a democratic society; becoming aware of and responding to the needs of others through involvement in service to society; fostering an understanding of and appreciation for the diversity of culture and people; acquiring an awareness of the power of creative expression through literature, drama, art, movement, and music; gaining an appreciation and knowledge of the complexity and interdependence of the world as community. The Core Program is designed to be integrated with other courses during the first three years of the student's experience at LaGrange College. The forty- eight semester hours included in the Core Program are arranged in three divisions: foundation studies, integrative studies, and exploratory studies. The twelve hours of integrative studies, which bring an interdisciplinary focus to the humanities, the social sciences, and quantitative reasoning, are central to the entire Core Program. Other interdisciplinary courses required in the Core Program are Freshman Cornerstone I and Dimensions of Well Being. Foundation Studies 30 hours Course Taken Min. Credit Year Freshman Cornerstone (CORE 1101) 3 Freshman Freshman Cornerstone Laboratory (CORE 1 102) 1 Freshman Rhetoric and Composition (ENGL 1 101, 1 102) 6 Freshman Mathematics (MATH 1 101, 2105, 2221, or 2222) 3 Freshman (Entry level by placement) World Languages and Culture 6 as best (2 sequential courses in languages: FREN, GERM, SPAN) schedule 67 Foundation Studies (continued) Laboratory Science I and 11 (BIOL 1101-1102, 1148-1149; CHEM 1101-1102 PHYS 1101-1102; PHYS 1121-1122) Dimensions of Well Being (CORE 2000) 30 hours Integrative Studies Quantitative Reasoning (CORE 1110) 3 (either MATH 1114 or a second MATH course of those listed above may be substituted for some majors) Humanities I and Humanities H (CORE 2001, 2002) 6 The American Experience (CORE 3001) 3 8 as best 9 scheduled 3 as best scheduled 12 hours Exploratory Studies Fine Arts 3 (any beginning level class in the Fine Arts Division. Courses that satisfy this requirement are marked with an asterisk f *) in the Art, Music, and Theatre Sections of the Bulletin) Rehgion(RLGN 1101, 1102, 1103, 1104, or 1105) 3 as best scheduled Sophomore Junior as best scheduled as best scheduled 6 hours TOTAL CORE PROGRAM 48 hours** "^"^ Although not considered a part of the Core Program, each student is required to pass 3 interim term courses (one three semester hour course per term) as part of the graduation requirements. Students may elect to complete 4 interim terms, and are encouraged to do so. Most interim term courses offer a Pass/No Credit grade option. The total hours needed for graduation is 108 semester hours. Please read carefully the next section titled Placement 68 Placement Appropriate placement in certain courses is essential. During the first few days on campus all students will participate in placement evaluation inventories. These inventories are necessary for (1) planning for majors and careers, (2) providing the comparison levels for subsequent assessment of the Core Program curriculum, and (3) determining current skill levels for placement purposes. Placement in mathematics and English is based on skills assessment. Students who are not predicted to be successful in Mathematics 1101 are required to enroll in Mathematics 0100. This is a pre-Core Program mathematics course, and credit in this course does not count toward the fulfillment of the 48 hours of core requirements. English placement is based on scores obtained on the sub-test, SAT II: Writing, of the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Students who score 37 or below are required to enroll in Enghsh 0100, a pre-Core Program course in grammar and composition. Students who score between 38 and 43 are placed in either English 0100 or English 1 101 based on a consideration of a written sample of work submitted by the student during the specified diagnostic assessment time scheduled for Enghsh. Like Mathematics 0100, English 0100 does not count toward the fulfillment of any of 48 hours in the Core Program. Students entering LaGrange College with two (2) years of high school level foreign language are placed in an intermediate level course of that language; or if the students choose, they may start the study of another language at the beginning level. Any student for whom English is not the native language may have the language requirement waived by submitting a written request to the Registrar from the student's advisor, the Director of International Student Services, or the Chair of the Humanities Division. The waiving of the language requirement does not diminish the need to complete the minimum 108 hours required for graduation. Core Program, Time Restrictions There is no time hmit on the credit or validity of coursework in the Core Program. It should be noted, however, that students who have not been enrolled at LaGrange College for four years, or who transferred from LaGrange College and subsequently return, enter the college under the Bulletin in force at the time of re-entry. Credit-by Examination and Exemption Students may be ehgible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas through Advanced Placement (AP) Tests or the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) and other recognized testing procedures. To determine the test scores that quaUfy for college credit and/or exemption, students 69 should contact the Registrar. This information is also available in the individual department sections of the Bulletin. Credit by examination (AP or CLEP) may reduce the 48 semester hour requirement of the Core Program by the number of credit hours earned by this process. If no credit is earned, but exemption is granted, then the hours granted for exemption may be used for free electives to earn the minimum 108 semester hours required for graduation. Assessment of the Core Program Prior to graduation, students take an inventory, The Academic Profile, designed to determine the extent to which they have achieved the objectives of the curriculum of the Core Program. The optimal time to take The Academic Profile is during the semester following the completion of CORE 3001, the American Experience (usually either second semester of the junior year or first semester of the senior year). Meaningful participation in this testing program is a requirement for graduation with a baccalaureate degree. Minors Academic minors may be earned in most departments. A minor must include at least 12 semester hours, 6 of which must be in 3000-level or above courses. Some departments do not designate the courses required for the minor, but the courses selected must be approved by the chair of that department. 70 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES Honor Code Students at LaGrange College sign the Honor Code, which states. As a member of the student body of LaGrange College, I confirm my commitment to the ideals of civihty, diversity, service, and excellence. Recognizing the significance of personal integrity in establishing these ideals within our community, I pledge that I will not he, cheat, steal, nor tolerate these unethical behaviors in others. The Honor Council deals with students accused of violating the Honor Code. The Honor Council is selected each spring by the outgoing Chair of the Honor Council, The Dean of Students, and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. A member of the faculty serves as advisor. Members of the faculty are strongly urged to support the efforts of the Honor Council by reporting all suspected violations of the Honor Code. The Honor Code assumes that any student witnessing or otherwise having knowledge of an Honor Code violation will report the violation to the course instructor, the Chair of the Honor Council, or the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. (For a complete description of the Honor Code, please see the Student Handbook.) The following are violations of the Honor Code: 1. Lying. 2. Cheating by either giving aid to or receiving aid from a student or other source without the consent of the faculty member or plagiarizing (using another person's words or ideas without documenting them properly). 3. Steahng (intentionally taking or appropriating without the right or permission any individual, organizational, or institutional property. This includes, but is not Umited to, steahng off campus, steahng from any person or business representatives on this campus, steahng from a computer company or any other computer-related theft, from the telephone system, vending machines, a residence hall visitor, or any other business while it is on this campus, and removal of any material or equipment from the Library or other facihties without permission.) 71 4. Failure to report a violation of the Honor Code. 5. Failure to appear before the Honor Council as requested by written notice. 6. Failure to maintain confidentiaUty regarding an Honor Council case. Sanctions include: a grade of F in the course; suspension for one academic term; dismissal from the College; or lowering the fmal grade in the course by one letter or assigning a grade of zero to the related academic work (assigimients, tests, case study, etc.). An investigation and hearing shall be confidential and those within the bounds of confidentiality shall not divulge anything that is said or done with regard to these proceedings to anyone outside the bounds of confidentiahty. Should anyone outside the bounds of confidentiaUty receive information which is considered to be confidential, he or she will automatically be bound by confidentiahty. Those within the bounds of confidentiahty include Council members, the faculty advisor to the Council, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the President, accusers, the accused, witnesses, persons interviewed during the investigation, victims, and the College's attorney. In addition, the accused may include within the bounds of confidentiahty his or her parents, faculty, staff, minister, personal or legal counsel. All tests at the College are conducted under the Honor Code. Accordingly, instructors may leave the room during the examination and students are on their honor to do their own work. The Honor Code should be abbreviated on the outside of the test and signed by the student before handing in the examination. The smdent should leave all books and materials not pertaining to the test either in the hall outside the classroom, or next to the wall in front of the classroom. Students should take the test in the designated classroom, except under extenuating circumstances or by prior arrangement. Work prepared out of class should be that of the individual. Any assistance from fellow students, books, periodicals, or other materials should be carefully acknowledged. Instructors should give specific guidance regarding what constitutes a violation of the Honor Code. If any doubts about plagiarism arise, a question should be raised by the instructor. A student should never copy a section of an old term paper and submit it as his or her own, and the student should be guided in the use of these materials by the wishes of the instructor. Every person found to have violated the Honor Code has the right of subsequent appeal. Such appeal is made to the Academic Dean of the College. The Appeals Board shall be the President of the Student Government Association, the Appeals Representative of the Honor Council, a student member selected for each Appeals hearing selected by the Academic Dean and the President of the Honor Council, the President or Past President of the Faculty Assembly, and the Academic Dean. The appeal 72 is heard from the record of the Honor Council hearing, the attending written statement of the student requesting the appeal, and the written statement of the Honor Council President. The Appeals Board has the discretion to overturn the Council's decision and/or change a sanction imposed by the Council, but it is confined to the approved sanctions in the Honor Code. Orientation and Counseling All new students are introduced to LaGrange College through an orientation program which takes place at the beginning of each semester. The orientation program is designed to acquaint the new smdents with various phases of the Ufe of the College including traditions, procedures, and regulations. Students profit from a proper introduction to the opportunities and responsibihties of college Ufe. One course in particular serves to further the College's orientation and counseUng efforts. Freshman Cornerstone, a course designed to focus on the valuing and decision-making processes with a particular emphasis on Christian influences on ethical behavior, facihtates students' use of skills of comparison, contrast, analysis, and synthesis of multiple perspectives as they examine an issue of common concern. The course emphasizes active learning, small group problem solving, and service learning, including reflection on these experiences. A laboratory experience associated with the course is designed to identify and enhance students' abiUties. Assessment of abihties as well as sessions on study skills, career counsehng, computer skill, and Ubrary skills, among others, are offered to maximize students' success. Registration All students must register on the dates specified. Failure to register on the proper dates may subject the student to a $20 late-registration fee. All registration procedures for all terms are under the direction of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Students have not completed registration until they have cleared the Registrar, Office of Student Life and the Business Office. Students enrolled for twelve or more hours must obtain a campus post office box. Communications to the student will be through campus mail. Each student is assigned to a faculty adviser, who assists the student in planning an academic program. However, the ultimate responsibility for meeting all requirements rests with the individual student. A student interested in a particular major should inform his/her general adviser in order that special prerequisite courses for the major may be scheduled. A major may be formally declared anytime after the student has earned 18 hours of credit. The student must declare his/her major in 73 writing to the Registrar by the time the student has earned 45 semester hours of credit. The student will then be assigned to an adviser in the department in which the student will major. A student planning to pursue a program in Teacher Education must take an application in writing to the chair of the Department of Education at least by the time he/she declares a major. A student's major program requirements are those described in the College Bulletin at the time of declaration of the major. Withdrawal To withdraw from an individual course, a student must confer in the office of the Registrar. Failure of a student to withdraw officially through this office may result in the assignment of a "WF." A student who wishes to withdraw completely from the college must confer with the Director of Counseling. Except in cases of medical necessity, withdrawals are not permitted the last week of class. Medical Withdrawal Medical withdrawal is defined as complete withdrawal without academic penalty for reasons of health. Except in circumstances of emergency, a physician licensed health care provider, or a quaUfied counselor must provide a written recommendation for medical withdrawal to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. This written recommendation must be on file prior to approval for withdrawal. Anytime medical withdrawal is initiated, the student's instructors, the Office of Financial Aid, and the Business Office will be notified by the Registrar. The re-entry of the student following medical withdrawal for medical reasons requires a clearance from the attending physician, Ucensed health care provider, or a quahfied counselor with an evaluation of the student's potential to resume study successfully at LaGrange College. The Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean will review this evaluation and make the decision concerning the student's re-entry. Academic Standing Probation Regulations Students are placed on academic probation when the quahty of work is such that progress toward graduation is in jeopardy. The purpose of probation is to warn. It is not a penalty. Students on probation will be notified, and the regulations governing probation will be called to their attention. Freshmen (fewer than 27 hours) must maintain a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of at least 1.65 to avoid being placed on probation. Sophomores (27-53 hours), a 1.75 GPA; Juniors (54-80 hours), a 1.85 GPA; and Seniors (81 or more hours), a 2.00 GPA. In most cases, students have two semesters to remove their probationary status. Failure to do so could result in suspension. 74 Students are also subject to suspension for failure to earn at least three semester hours of academic credit in any semester, or for other valid academic reasons (such as violating cheating and plagiarism standards). In the case of part-time students, the extent of appUcation of these regulations will be at the discretion of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Normally, all apphcations of the regulations will be based upon a full academic load. The grade report sent to the student provides information on standing. "Probation One" means that the student's next term will be the first term on probation, etc. "Dean's Decision" means that the student's academic records have been given to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean for action. Class Attendance Regulations A student is expected to attend all classes, including labs, for all courses for which he is registered. The student is solely responsible for accounting to the instructor for any absence. An instructor may reconmiend that the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean drop from class, with a grade of "W" or "WF", any student whose absences are interfering with satisfactory performance in the course. Course Repetition A student is prohibited from repeating a course in which he has made a "C" or better (while enrolled at LaGrange College or any institution) without the approval of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, and the Academic Advisory Council. All courses in which a student receives an unsatisfactory grade must be repeated at LaGrange College. A student may not remove fi-om the transcript an unsatisfactory grade earned at LaGrange College or elsewhere even if he repeats the course. Acceleration Students desiring to accelerate their college program may complete requirements in less than four academic years. This may be accomplished by attending sunmier schools and/or taking an academic overload. Permission to take an overload in any semester is granted only to those students who have earned at least a cumulative average of "B" (3.0), except that a student may take an overload during one semester of his or her senior year without respect to grade-point average. Students may be eUgible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) and other recognized testing procedures. Advanced placement credit is accepted for those students who present evidence from their high schools that advanced placement programs have been completed and appropriate scores earned on 75 the advanced placement test of the College Entrance Examination Board administered by Educational Testing Service. The Registrar and department chairs keep up-to-date standards for AP credit. Academic Honors Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange College for at least their last 60 hours and 1. have attained a quahty point average of 3.50 to 3.74 may be granted the bachelor degree cum laude or 2. have attained a quahty point average of 3.75 to 3.89 may be granted the bachelor degree magna cum laude or 3. have attained a quahty point average of 3.90 to 4.0 may be granted the bachelor degree summa cum laude. At the end of each academic semester, students who have maintained a 3.60 cumulative grade point average on a minimum of 12 GPA hours of work will be placed on the Dean's List. Academic honors at graduation are awarded only to students completing the four-year program. International Students Students who are on a student visa in the United States are subject to special regulations mandated by the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) of the United States Government. As the institution which issues documents certifying student status, LaGrange College is subject to INS regulations as a matter of law. INS regulations change from time to time, so students are encouraged to contact the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean or the Registrar when questions about INS regulations arise. Under current guideUnes, persons with student visas must be enrolled for a full academic load (at least 12 semester hours) at all times. Federal regulations concerning "status" for all international students on an F-1 visa state that any student who falls below 12 semester hours at any time will be considered out-of-status and must be reinstated by the Immigration and Naturahzation Service. English proficiency is fundamental to a successful academic course at LaGrange College. Therefore, in addition to the minimum TOEFL score required for admission, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean may require that a student attend a special, intensive Enghsh language course if it is apparent that a student's Enghsh continues to jeopardize a successful academic career. If such a requirement is placed on a student, failure to attend the Enghsh language course can result in withdrawal of the student visa. International students must enroU in an English course each semester they are in school until they satisfactorily complete their English studies. 76 International Studies Increasing international understanding is valued at LaGrange College. In promoting that understanding, LaGrange College seeks to enroll an internationally diverse student body. The College serves as a host or home base institution for short-term international visitors and has executed cooperative agreements with Nippon Bunri in Oita City, Japan, Instituto Laurens in Monterrey, Mexico, and Oxford-Brookes University in Oxford, England. Credit through United States Armed Forces Institute and Service Schools Courses taken through The United States Armed Forces Institute and other recognized military educational programs are accepted in accordance with the poUcy governing transfer work when presented on official transcripts from accredited institutions. Nine semester hours of elective credit will be allowed for miUtary service credit, including US AFI correspondence courses and miUtary service school courses as reconamended by the American Council on Education. Academic credit for one activity course in physical education, up to a maximum of four, will be awarded for each two months served in the Armed Forces. Grades and Credits The definitions of grades given at LaGrange College are as follows: A superior B above average C average D below average F faiUng I incomplete. This grade is assigned in case a student is doing satisfactory work but for some reason beyond the student's control has been unable to complete the work during that term. P pass NC no credit or non-credit W withdrawn. During the first three weeks a student may withdraw from a class with an "automatic" "W." After this trial period the smdent may withdraw, but the grade assigned, "W" or "WF," will be at the discretion of the professor. WF withdrawn faiUng. The grade of "WF" is included in computing the grade-point average. AW audit withdrawn AU audit complete NR grade not reported by instructor at the time the report issued. 77 A student may register for a course on a non-credit basis, for which he or she pays full tuition. To have a grade of "NC" recorded, he or she must fulfill all course requirements. A student may audit a course by paying the audit fee. All requests for audit courses must be approved in writing by the instructor and Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Only lecture courses may be audited. No new freshman student may audit any course during the first semester of residence at LaGrange College. An "I" is a temporary grade, assigned by an instructor within the last three weeks of the term to students who are doing satisfactory work and who cannot complete the course due to circumstances beyond their control. Should conditions prohibiting completion of a course arise within the first eight weeks, students should withdraw. An "I" is removed by the date indicated in the academic calendar. Failure to remove an "I" by the date set initiates the following action: The Registrar will write a letter to the student using the address on file. The letter indicates that the student has two weeks to respond. Otherwise the "I" grade will be converted to an "F". Grades are assigned and recorded for each course at the end of each term. Formal reports of grades are also issued at the same time. Transcripts are withheld for any student who is under financial obhgation to the College. Academic Forgiveness Academic forgiveness is a process which allows a student to have his or her prior academic record adjusted if: 1 . four or more calendar years have elapsed since the period of last enrollment at LaGrange College; 2. the student applying for forgiveness has successfully completed since readmission to LaGrange College a minimum of 12 semester hours and has no course grade lower than "C" since the time of readmission. The student may petition for forgiveness through the Academic Advisory Council and, if approved, the College will: 1 . apply toward the student's conmion core, general education curriculum, and electives requirements but not necessarily toward the student's academic major or minor, all those courses in which the student earned a grade of "C" or better; 2. set the student's cumulative grade point average to 0.0; 3. require the student to successfully complete a minimum of 30 semester hours after bankruptcy declaration in order to graduate; and 4. allow all graduation requirements (see LaGrange College Bulletin) to remain the same and apply equally, except that students who have 78 petitioned for and received academic forgiveness will not be eligible to receive honors at graduation. LaGrange College will maintain the student's complete record, including those courses excluded from the GPA by the granting of forgiveness. No course work will be expunged from the student's academic record. The student's official transcript will clearly indicate that the student has been granted academic forgiveness. Ordinarily, no transfer or transient credits will be accepted after academic forgiveness. A student may be granted academic forgiveness only once during his or her academic career at LaGrange College. Requirements for Bachelor Degrees: A Summary LaGrange College's Undergraduate Day Program offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, the Bachelor of Music degree, and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. To obtain a second bachelor's degree, at least 27 additional semester hours must be earned beyond the first degree, in a minimum of two semesters. Baccalaureate degrees require a minimum of 108 semester hours of credit including required course work in the core curriculum and the major. There is often an opportunity to select course work electives. The minimum work required for graduation is 108 semester hours and a 2.0 quality-point average in all course work taken at LaGrange College. To be ehgible for the degree, a student must meet all requirements for the degree (core curriculum, major program, all necessary assessments, 108 semester hours and 2.0 cumulative grade point average) and make application for the degree before the beginning of his or her final term. A student who does not earn a degree in ten full semesters or the equivalent may be denied further registration. In order to graduate in four academic years a student, at a minimum, should enroll for 12-semester hours credit in each regular term and one interim term each year. A student who takes at least 12 semester hours credit is classified as full-time. The maximum full load is 15 semester hours; anything beyond is considered an overload. No smdent is permitted to enroll for more than 15 hours in any one term without the written permission of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Quahty points are earned as follows: A, 4; B, 3; C, 2; D, 1; F, 0. The quaUty-point average is computed by multiplying the grade point by the course credit, sunoming, and then dividing the total quality points earned by the total GPA hours. If a student has received credit for a course and repeats that course, he or she receives no additional credit toward the degree. In computing the student's average, GPA hours and quaUty points are counted on all such attempts. 79 Not more than 54 semester hours of credit earned at a junior college are counted toward the degree. No credit is granted toward the degree for course work taken at a junior college after a student has attained junior standing except that up to 9 hours of transient credit from a junior college may be granted for courses that are below the LaGrange College 3(X)0-level. (The 54 credit-hour hmit still appHes.) A transfer student is not given credit toward graduation for any Ds earned elsewhere. Transient work for a grade of "C" or better is acceptable. Academic averages are computed on work done only at LaGrange College. There are two ways by which a student must meet residency requirements for graduation: (1) The student must be in residence the last 36 credit hours; or (2) 45 credit hours of the last 54 credit hours must be earned at LaGrange College. With prior approval of the adviser and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean up to nine hours of transient study may be earned at another accredited institution. Transient credit is only for courses in which the grade is "C" or better. Grades earned for transient work are not included in the cumulative grade average. Normally, after receiving an unsatisfactory grade in a course at LaGrange College, a student will not be given credit for repeating that course at another institution. Credit totahng six hours or more earned as a transient student during the last 54 hours or final four semesters precludes that student's being granted credit for any course work taken by extension or by correspondence during the period. Transient credit will only be accepted from a four-year baccalaureate degree conferring, regionally accredited institution that offers a major in the specific discipHne of the course being requested for credit. The department chair retains the right to deny the request. Any regularly enrolled LaGrange College student who desires to take course work for credit by extension, correspondence, or through on-hne vendors must obtain prior approval in writing from his academic adviser and from the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Such extension, correspondence, and on-Une credit may in no case exceed six hours (grades of "C" or better); however, (no credits earned in this manner may be applied toward the fulfiUment of the core curriculum requirements of LaGrange College. No core course requirements may be met at institutions other than LaGrange College.) Any course or courses so taken must be completed and all grades recorded before the end of the student's final term, in order to be graduated that term. A student is classified as a freshman if he or she has earned fewer than 27 hours 80 of credit. A student is classified as a sophomore if he or she has earned 27-53 hours of credit. To be classified as a junior, a student must have completed 54 earned hours of credit. A student is classified as a senior upon having earned 81 hours of credit. A student should be alert to the fact that a minimum of 108 hours are required for graduation and that some majors may require more than 108 hours. Attaining these minimum progression requirements may not be sufficient to insure graduation within the two semesters of the senior year. No grade below "C" in any course above 1000-level may be applied toward a major. Transcripts Students are entitled to transcripts of their record free of charge. No transcripts will be issued for any student under financial obligation to the College. Transcript requests must be made in writing to the Registrar well in advance of the time the transcript is needed. Transcripts will be issued promptly; however, at the beginning and end of terms some delay may be unavoidable. Student Grade Appeals The initial determination of a student's grade is entirely the prerogative of the instructor. However, a student who wishes to contest a course grade or other academic decision may initiate an appeal by the procedures outlined below. Grade appeals must be initiated no later than mid-term of the academic term following that in which the grade was assigned. The date of the academic term is defined in the College calendar in the front of this Bulletin. The following procedures govern all student requests for grade changes: 1. The student should first attempt to resolve the matter by discussing the question with the course instructor. 2. If the student and the instructor are unable to reach a resolution, the student must then submit a written appeal to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. The appeal must state the manner in which the course syllabus was violated. 3. The Dean shall then seek an informal conference between the student and the instructor to settle the grievance to the satisfaction of the two parties involved. If no resolution can be found, the Dean will deliver the student's appeal together with any other pertinent documents provided by the student and/or the instructor to the Review Subcommittee of the Academic Standards Committee for its determination. 4. The Review Subcommittee shall then convene to conduct a preliminary review of the appeal, after which the Chair of the Review Subcommittee will set times convenient to the student and the instructor for hearing both sides of the dispute. 81 5. Upon completion of its hearings, the Review Subcommittee will report its findings to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. The Dean will in turn inform the principal parties involved of whether the student's request for a change of grade or other decision was denied or approved. 6. It is the responsibihty of the Review Subcommittee to make every reasonable effort to complete its deUberations prior to the end of the term in which an appeal was initiated. Student Appeal of Academic Policy Students may petition for exception to published academic poUcy. The Academic Advisory Council reviews the petition. Graduation Requirements A student who enters LaGrange College under a given Bulletin generally will be graduated under the core curriculum, hours requirement, and grade point average requirements of that Bulletin. Major requirements are those in force at the time a student formally declares a major. If a smdent suspends his or her study and re-enters more than four years later, he or she will graduate under the requirements of the Bulletin in effect at the time of re-entry. Students in their last year of college work must have an audit of their course credits and planned courses examined prior to registration for their final semester in residence. This is called a "graduation petition." The major adviser and the Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean assist the student in completing this petition. * Students at LaGrange College will participate in the evaluation of the extent to which institutional education goals are being achieved. This evaluation will be in both the core curriculum and the major. Students who graduated in June of 1990 were the first to participate in these comprehensive evaluations. Consult the specific majors for the details. * No student may participate in Commencement exercises if he or she has not completed a graduation petition, AlsOy no student may participate in Commencement unless all graduation requirements have been certified as completed by the Registrar and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Endowed Lectureship The Jennie Lee Epps Memorial Lecture was re-estabhshed in 1997 by a gift fi-om Dr. Grace Hadaway Boswell '49 and her husband, Dr. R. Dean Boswell. Dr. Epps was a faculty member from 1931 until her death in 1961. The Waights G. Henry, Jr. Endowed Lectureship was estabhshed by a gift from the Neighbors Fund, Inc. in memory of Dr. Henry, president and 82 chancellor of LaGrange College over a period of 42 years. Income from the endowment is to be used in funding the Waights G. Henry Lecture for the benefit of our students and as approved by the trustees of the College. The Arthur H. Thompson Lectureship brings to the campus a noted scholar to address the faculty and student body on the interrelationship of a field knowledge and the Christian reUgion. The endowment was estabhshed by Mrs. Mary Will Thompson, class of 1898, in memory of her husband, who served as chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. He expressed his philosophy in the statement: " The greatest thing in Ufe is the simple faith of an honest man." The Lorenzo Valla Visiting Scholar Program was estabhshed in 1996 by Mr. and Mrs. Tom Bushar (Linda DooUttle Bushar '96) The program was named for the 15^^ century ItaUan humanist and brings to campus a recognized scholar. Awards and Recognitions The Nancy Alford Award is awarded each year to the sorority accumulating the greatest number of points in the areas of scholarship, leadership, sportsmanship, and community service. The Irene E. Amett Drama Award is presented annually to the member of the senior class who shows that greatest potential for contribution to the field of theatre, devotion to the tasks in the theatre, and dedication to the principles of good theatre- to amuse the heart and Uft the spirit to a better understanding of man and his struggle in this world and towards his God. The Needham Avery Art Award is a purchase award granted annually in visual arts, provided by Dr. and Mrs. R.M. Avery in memory of their son. The Josephine A. Case Scholarship is awarded to a junior for excellence in art and promise of achievement in that field. This award carries a stipend and is associated with the Josephine A. Case Collection of American Indian Art which Mrs. Case and her husband, the late Dr. Leland D. Case of Tucson, donated to LaGrange College. Both hold honorary doctorates from this school. The Austin P. Cook Award is presented annually by the Student Government Association to the organization that made the most positive impact on campus life during the year. The Roger Guptill Award is presented annually in memory of the late Dr. Roger Guptill, minister, teacher, and Christian gentleman, to a senior class student of the Department of ReUgion preparing for full-time church service. The Mamie Lark Henry Drama Scholarship is presented annually to a student in recognition of superior contribution to the Theatre Arts Department. 83 The Mamie Lark Henry Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to a sorority with the high tde-point average the previous semester. The Waights G. Henry, Jr. Leadership Award is given annually by the Student Government Association to a student who has actively demonstrated effective leadership skills. Selection of the recipient is made by a committee composed of students, faculty, and administrators. The Evelyn Powell Hoffman Drama Scholarship is provided by her family in memory of their wife, mother and sister, a graduate of the class of 1930. It is to be awarded annually to a freshman student through audition. The selection of the recipient is to be made by the Theatre Arts Department faculty. The Karen Sue Kafrouni Award is presented annually by the History Department for a member of Phi Alpha Theta and a graduating senior with the highest academic achievement. The Mary Hunter Lindsey Award is provided by the late Rev. WilUam OUver Lindsey, Sr., in memory of his wife, Mary Hunter Lindsey, class of 1914. It is awarded annually to United Methodist students entering the senior class in college and preparing for a full-time church ministry. The selection of the awardees is made by the faculty of the Religion Department. The John Love Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to the fraternity with the highest grade point average the previous semester. The Weston L. Murray Award is presented to the senior class member of the Georgia Delta Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu who has the highest record of achievement and contribution in the field of Social Science. The Meri Meriwether Norris Award was estabUshed in 1998 in memory of this 1980 alumna by her husband. Dr. Tommy Norris. This award is presented annually to a nursing student who demonstrates extraordinary compassion. The Outstanding Achievement in Psychology Award is presented annually by the psychology department to the senior psychology major who, through academic excellence and service, has made an outstanding contribution to the field of psychology. The Pike Award is provided by Mrs. WiUiam C. Key (Ruth Pike) and the late Mrs. Wilham Franklin Daugherty (Ethel Pike) in memory of Adeha Hunter and Christian Nathaniel Pike. It is awarded annually to Methodist or Baptist students entering the senior class in coUege and preparing for a full-time church vocation or majoring in Rehgion or Rehgious Education. The Walter Malcolm Shackelford Award is presented armually to a graduating senior who has majored in Education and has demonstrated outstanding academic performance, leadership, and service to the College The Annie Moore Smith Award is a purchase award given annually in visual arts, provided by Mrs. Rebecca Moore Butler, class of 1924, in memory of her sister, Annie Moore Smith, class of 1915. 84 The W. Lee Wilson, Jr. Art Award is presented annually by the Art Department to a graduating senior who has excelled in the art of photography. Mr. William L. Wilson established the award in 1998 in memory of his son. The Jean Young Award in Photography granted annually, was estabUshed in memory of Jean Young who was the first curator of the Lamar Dodd Art Center. The award is a book on contemporary photography and is presented to the student who has demonstrated an exceptional conmiitment to photographic art. Departmental Awards are presented annually at Honors Day in the spring. At the time there are numerous departmental awards made. 85 PRE-PROFESSIONAL AND CO-OPERATIVE PROGRAMS Pre-professional Programs of Study LaGrange College has a curriculum and environment that is well suited to preparation for further study in fields such as law and medicine. These programs include, but are not necessarily Umited to, preparation for the following areas. Law The pre-law advising committee is chaired by Dr. Tracy Lightcap and is composed of Dr. Lightcap, Dr. Frederick Mills, and Dr. Brenda Thomas. Students considering law school should consult with one of these faculty members beginning in their freshman year and should meet regularly with other students interested in pre-law. Law school bulletins and LSAT study guides are located in the William and Evelyn Banks Library. Students entering law school come from varied undergraduate programs. It is not really possible to say which major serves as the best preparatory background for law school. Almost every law school bulletin, however, suggests that entering students must have a strong background in history, political science and Enghsh as weU as some preparation in economics, business, sociology, psychology and mathematics. Dentistry Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their primary advisors for their majors. The pre-dental student should select a major as early as possible and work toward the B.A. degree. Some dental schools accept students with fewer than four years of college training, but most of them prefer a student with the baccalaureate degree. The pre-dental student should be familiar with the specific requirements set by the dental schools to which he or she plans to apply. There is some variation in the requirements of the various schools, but the minimum requirements set by most schools of dentistry are: Inorgamc Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours Organic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours Biology with lab 8 semester hours Physics with lab 8 semester hours English 9 semester hours 86 All applicants must complete the Dental Admission Test not later than the October 3 1 testing preceding the year of desired entry. Medicine (M.D.) Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their primary advisers for their majors. The pre-medicine student should select a major as soon as possible and seek the B.A. or B.S. degree. Medical schools rarely accept candidates with less than the baccalaureate degree. The student should be familiar with the requirements of the several medical schools to which he or she plans to apply. Requirements vary somewhat in the various medical schools, but the minimum requirements of most medical schools are: Biology with lab 8 semester hours General Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours Organic Chemistry 8 semester hours Physics 8 semester hours Every applicant must take the Medical College Admission Test, preferably in the spring preceding the submission of his or her application to medical school, but no later than the fall of that year. Veterinary Medicine Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their primary advisers for their majors. The pre-veterinary student should be familiar with the specific requirements of the school to which he/she plans to apply. The minimum requirements set by most schools of veterinary medicine are as follows: A candidate must have completed at least 54 semester hours of college credit by the end of the spring semester before fall matriculation at the veterinary school. The baccalaureate degree is preferred. The following courses should be completed prior to entry into veterinary school. English 6 semester hours Biology with lab 8 semester hours Advanced Biological Science 8 semester hours Physics 8 semester hours Biochemistry 3 semester hours Inorganic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours Organic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours The candidate must have worked with a veterinarian, and must have had hands-on experience working with large and small animals. 87 Each applicant will be required to take the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) and the GRE biology subject test. These tests should be taken in October or December of the year prior to probable admission to veterinary school. The results should be received by VMCAS by February 1 of the year following the application. Engineering LaGrange College has an engineering-oriented program designed to provide a broad hberal arts background while preparing the student for a professional engineering program. Dual-degree programs in engineering have been estabUshed with Georgia Institute of Technology and Auburn University. Students accepted in the dual-degree program will attend LaGrange College for approximately three years (81 semester hours if entering under this Bulletin) while they complete the Core Curriculum and the pre-engineering courses listed at the end of this section. The student will then attend the engineering institution and complete a major in engineering, a process that generally takes two to three additional years. After completion of the degree requirements for both institutions, the student will receive an engineering degree from the engineering institution and a Bachelor of Arts degree from LaGrange College. All students considering either the dual degree option should contact the pre-engineering adviser. Dr. Bill McCoy, prior to registration. Both Georgia Tech and Auburn are undergoing considerable modification of their academic programs as a result of the change of calendar systems. Students must consult the pre-engineering advisor about how this will affect their choice of elective courses. In addition to the Core Curriculum, pre-engineering students must complete all of the following courses before attending the engineering institution: Calculus I, II, and III Differential Equations Linear Algebra (Ga. Tech) General Chemistry I and II General Physics I and II Please note that calculus based physics (General Physics PHYS 1121- 1 122) is required. Students must begin the study of calculus as early as possible in order to be prepared for the physics sequence. Pliarmacy The pre-pharmacy general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. Students selecting a major other than Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their primary advisers for their majors. While the admission requirements vary, the following is standard course work as a minimum: CHEM 1101-1102, 2201-2202, BIOL 1101-1102, MATH 2221 and 1114, PHYS 1101, ECON 2201-2202, ENGL 1101-1102, and 6 semester hours 88 each of Humanities and Social/Behavioral Science. POLS 1 101 and HIST 1111 or 1112 may be required as well as electives to reach 60 semester hours. Journalism The student who plans a career in journalism needs a wide range of courses in many areas. A recommended basic program would include: ENGL 2260 Joumahstic Writing I (3), ENGL 2262 JoumaUstic Writing II (3), ARTD 2201 Graphic Design I: Fundamentals (3), ARTD 2223 Basic Photography (3), plus experience working on one of the student publications: The Quadrangle (yearbook) The Hilltop News (paper) The Scroll (magazine) Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should be selected in consultation with the student's advisor. Physical Therapy The pre-physical therapy general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. A few schools which offer training in physical therapy award a Bachelor's degree after successful completion of classroom and cUnical work. Students are admitted to such programs after completion of 60 semester hours of work including approximately 12 hours in Humanities, 12 hours in math and science, 12 hours in social science plus 24 hours in a major field such as biology. Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should be selected in consultation with the adviser. Many schools now offer only a master's degree in physical therapy. These schools require a bachelor's degree as well as completion of the pre-physical therapy core. Optometry The pre-optometry general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. Students selecting a major other than biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their primary advisers for their majors. Though selected students may be admitted to optometry school after three years of preparation, most are admitted after receiving Bachelors or Masters degrees. Optometry involves fours years of study after admission to the program and in some areas also includes a brief internship. Majors in any academic area are acceptable though the student should include emphasis on the sciences. The pre-optometry requirements are the same as pre-med plus a course each in statistics and calculus. Preparation for admission to a specific school can be planned with the assistance of the advisor. Prospective optometry students must take the Optometry Admission Test (OAT) in October or February. 89 Table of Contents Academic Divisions 92 Abbreviations and Numbers 93 Art and Design 95 Professor John Lawrence Biology 101 Dr. John Hurd Business 104 Dr. Jon Birkeli Chemistry 119 Computer Science 128 Dr. Fay Riddle Core Curriculum 136 Dr. Sandie Johnson Education 138 Dr. Jennifer Harrison English 145 Dr. Nina Dulin-Mallory General Science 152 Health and Physical Education 153 Dr. Sandie Johnson History 159 Dr. Fred Mills Human Services 164 Professor Anton F lores Latin American Studies and Modem Languages 168 Dr. Amanda Plumlee Library Science 173 Professor Loren Pinkerman Mathematics 174 Dr. Greg McClanahan Music 181 Dr. Toni Anderson 90 Nursing 191 Dr. Maranah Sauter Physics 199 Dr. Bill McCoy Political Science 200 Dr. Tracy Lightcap Psychology 206 Dr. Chuck Kraemer Rehgion and Philosophy 211 Dr. David Aheani Speech 218 Professor Kim Barber Theatre Arts 219 Professor Kim Barber Women's Studies 225 Dr. Amanda Plumlee 91 ACADEMIC DIVISIONS Business Professors: Birkeli, Cousins Associate Professor: Sneath Assistant Professors: Hampton, McNary, Rosencrants This division contains the Department of Business. The B. S. in Business Management, B. S. in Accountancy, minor in Business Management, minor in Accountancy, and MBA (see Graduate Bulletin) degrees are offered. Education Professor: S. Johnson Associate Professor: Harrison, Hillyer, WiUiamson Assistant Professors: Alford, Geeter, Livingston, Massenzio This division contains the Department of Education and the Department of Health and Physical Education. The B.A. M.A.T. and M.Ed, degrees are offered. Fine Arts Professors: Lawrence, Taunton Associate Professors: Anderson, Barber, M. Brown, Edwards, L. Johnson Assistant Professors: Miller, Mitchell, Reneke This division contains the Departments of Art and Design, Music, and Theatre Arts. The B.A. and B.M. degrees are offered. Humanities Professor: Homsby Associate Professors: Aheam, Cook, Duhn-Mallory, Gungov, Plumlee, Slay, Thomas, Wilhams Assistant Professors: GuUey, O'Connor, Sankara, Scott This division contains the Departments of English Language and Literature, Latin American Studies and Modem Languages, and ReUgion and Philosophy. The B.A. degree is offered. Nursing Professor: Sauter Assistant Professors: Blair, Frederick, Hay The Nursing Division is also the Department of Nursing. The B.S.N, degree is offered. 92 Natural Sciences and Mathematics Professors: Hurd, McClanahan, Riddle, Shelhorse Associate Professors: McCoy, Paschal, Searcy, C. Yin, W. Yin Assistant Professors: Deibler, Hall, Heam, Mallory The Natural Sciences and Mathematics Division contains the Departments of Biology, Chemistry and Physics, Computer Science, and Mathematics. The B.A. and B.S. degrees are offered. Social and Behavioral Sciences Professors: Cafaro, Evans, Gill, Kraemer, Mills Associate Professor: Lightcap, Simmons Assistant Professor: Cody, Haas, Flores, Shirley This division contains the Departments of History, Psychology, Political Science, and Human Services. The B A. Degree is offered. Course Numbering System and Abbreviations The projected schedule of classes will be followed insofar as possible, but is subject to change. Courses numbered 1 100 through 1 199 are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Courses numbered 2200 to 2299 are intended primarily for sophomores; the number may, alternately, mean credit of less than three semester hours. Courses numbered 3300 through 3399 and above are intended primarily for juniors and seniors. Courses numbered 4400 through 4499 are intended primarily for seniors. The number in parentheses following the course title indicates the number of semester hours credit for the course. Abbreviations Accounting ACCT Art and Design ARTD Biology BIOL Chemistry CHEM Computer Science CSCI Core CORE Economics ECON Education EDUC Early Childhood EDUC Middle Grades EDUC English ENGL Finance FNCE 93 French FREN General Science GSCI German GERM Health and Physical Education HPED Physical Education PEDU History HIST Human Services HUSV Language LANG Latin American Studies LAST Library Science LfflR Management MGMT Marketing MRKT Mathematics MATH Music MUSI Nursing NURS Philosophy PHIL Physics PHYS PoHtical Science POLS Psychology PSYC Rehgion RLGN Spanish SPAN Speech SPCH Theatre Arts THEA Women's Studies WMST , .*^ 94 ART AND DESIGN Introduction The Department of Art and Design offers course study in studio concentrations in painting/drawing, graphic/surface design, printmaking, ceramics/sculpture, and photography. The courses required of the studio concentration are specific and scheduhng should be determined in consuUation with an art faculty advisor. A student may choose a studio concentration in more than one area. Objectives The follow objectives are estabhshed as a basis for the Art and Design Studio Program at LaGrange College: to develop technical knowledge pertaining primarily to the student's chosen area of concentration, but not Umited to it. to assist students in finding and focusing their creative ideas into a consistent body of work. to instruct students in the correct means of presenting their work in a portfoUo and culminating a required senior exhibition. to encourage students to exhibit their work and acquaint them with the gallery system. to encourage students to pursue graduate study. to provide students with a basic understanding of the history of Western art. to provide the students with a creative environment by using all available resources. This would include field trips to galleries and museums, course work in locations of artistic interest, guest lectures and workshops related to the exhibitions in the College's galleries. Requirements for a major in Art and Design: 9 hrs. - Art History - ARTD 1 109, 1 110, 1 1 1 1 9 hrs. - Basic Core - These should be taken during the freshman/sophomore year as these courses are generally considered to be prerequisites for all other studio courses - ARTD 1151,1 152, 1 153 12 hrs. - Introductory Studio Courses: One course from each of the following studio discipUnes: Painting or Drawing Design or Printmaking Photography Ceramics or Sculpture 12 hrs. - Major Concentration - four additional courses in one of the above disciphnes including Senior Seminar. 95 3 hrs. - Senior Seminar - A course in which senior art majors bring into focus their artistic objectives in a body of work to be presented in an exhibition. The student will also create an artists' statement, resume and a slide portfolio. Assessment Success in achieving the objectives of the Art and Design major will be measured in the following ways: Sophomore portfoho review Completion of each major course with a grade of C or better Exemplary completion of assignments and independent study, and the presentation of work in scheduled critiques. An Exit or Senior Exhibition of work done in the student's major studio disciphne. Awards The Art and Design Department presents four awards annually during Honor's Day Convocation. These are purchase awards that allow the college to acquire works of art by the award recipients. The faculty of the Art and Design Department presents these awards to graduating seniors for superior performance and a proven commitment to their craft. Course Descriptions (ARTD) ARTD1109 Art History Survey I. (3)* FaU A course in the visual arts of western civihzation from the Paleohthic period through the 16^ century. Cultures surveyed will include Egyptian, Mesopotamian, Greek, Roman, Early Christian, Byzantine, Medieval, Gothic and the Itahan and Northern Renaissance. ARTD 1110 Art History Survey n. (3)* Spring - alternate years This course will survey the history of Western art and architecture from the Baroque period to the beginning of the 20* century, including the styUstic movements of the Baroque, Rococo, Neoclassicism, Romanticism, ReaUsm, Impressionism, Expressionism and Cubism. ARTD 1111 Modem and Contemporary Art History. (3) * Spring- alternate years. This course traces the development of 20th century painting and sculpture beginning with Picasso and cubism and includes the movements of surreaUsm, futurism, abstract - expressionism, pop, op, minimalism, conceptual art, super realism and neo-expressionism. While emphasis is given to painting and sculpture, developments in architecture, photography and crafts are also included. 96 ARTD1151 Basic Drawing. (3)* Fall A course in drawing fundamentals, including line, value, composition, perspective, and chiaroscuro. A variety of drawing media will be explored. ARTD 1152 2-D Design. (3) * Spring A study of the basic design elements and principles. Emphasis will be on creative problem solving and development of unified designs. A study of color theory and relationships will be included. ARTD 1153 3-D Design. (3)* Fall This course will explore the fundamentals of three-dimensional form using various materials such as wood, clay, plaster, paper, etc. Craftsmanship, creative thought, and transformation of ideas into form while becoming famiUar with proper use of tools and equipment is also emphasized ARTD 2201 Graphic Design I: Fundamentals. (3)* FaU An introduction to the fundamentals of graphic design, including typography, logo design and basic desktop pubhshing. Basic Macintosh computer skills will be covered, including working with fonts, system basics, printers and service bureaus, and understanding file formats. ARTD 2211 Life Drawing. (3) Spring, alternate years A course in the study of human anatomy and the expressive potential of the human form. Drawing from the model, both nude and clothed, and from the skeleton using a variety of drawing media. Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor ARTD 2222 Graphic Design 11: Layout and concepts. (3) Spring A course exploring the development of graphic ideas through projects in advertising, layout, corporate identity, magazine and poster design and others. Page layout for both traditional print and web pages will be examined. Prerequisite: ARTD 2201 ARTD 2223 Basic Photography. (3) * Fall An introductory course in black and white photography. The course includes the mechanics of the camera, film exposure for zone placement, film processing and printing from the negative as well as a survey of the history of photography. ARTD 2224 Photography H . (3) Spring A course in studio and large format photography using both black / white and color materials. Projects are assigned in Ughting, exposure controls using sheet film with the 4 x 5 and 8x10 view camera, film processing, printing, and advanced techniques of photographing the still hfe, portraits, architecture, landscape, and in commercial apphcations of photography. 97 ARTD2227 Ceramics-Methods and Materials (3)* Fall This course is an introduction to ceramic methods and techniques. It will explore both wheelthrowing and handbuilding used in forming vessels and sculpture. This will include using the potter's wheel, slabs, coils, textures to create form. Glazing, decoration and firing methods such as raku, pitfire and standard reduction will also be emphasized. ARTD2229 Ceramics-Wheelthrowing. (3)* Spring This course is an introduction to basic wheelthrowing techniques, beginning with centering and opening then progressing to pulUng basic cyUndrical forms, teapots and bottles. Glazing, decoration and firing methods such as raku, pitfire, and standard reduction are also included. Prerequisites: none ARTD 2271 Acrylic Painting . (3) Fall An introduction to painting with acryUcs. Projects will explore the fundamentals of composition and modehng with color and light, as well as abstraction and mixed media. Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor ARTD 2272 Sculpture I . (3) * Spring The projects in this class will address both traditional and contemporary issues in sculpture such as figure modehng, carving, found object sculpmre, narrative imagery, environmental sculpture and metal working. ARTD 2273 Printmaking I. (3) * Fall A course in the basics of intagho and rehef printmaking techniques, selected print and book arts media, and the development of creative imagery. ARTD 2275 Oil Painting (3) Spring An introductory course in painting with oils, including color mixing, glazing, modehng, and composition. Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor ARTD 3222 Digital Imaging. (3) Spring A course deahng with the art of computer technology, with emphasis on photographic image manipulation. Emphasis will be placed on developing creative personal imagery. Prerequisite: ARTD 2201 or permission of instructor ARTD 3301 Applied Surface Design. (3) FaU An overview of the basics of surface design for commercial and large scale use. Areas of exploration include historical influences and the development of pattern, abstraction, modular units, and color relationships. Prerequisite: ARTD 1152 98 ARTD 3311 Advanced Life Drawing. (3) Spring Advanced work with the figure in projects exploring composition and subjective expression. Prerequisite: ARTD 2211 ARTD 3323 Photography m. (3) Fall Advanced work in black and white photography to illustrate social and narrative issues relevant to the photographer's concerns. Emphasis will be placed on documentary photography, its history and the stylistic techniques of contemporary photojoumaUsm. Projects deahng with reportage, illustration, documentation and the photographic essay will be assigned. Prerequisite: ARTD 2223 or consent of instructor. ARTD 3324 Photography TV. (3) Spring Independent studio experience in advanced large format photography. Each student will create a series of projects based on the concepts presented in ARTD 2224. Prerequisite: ARTD 2224 ARTD 3327 Intermediate Ceramics. (3) FaU This course will emphasize ceramic design using handbuilding and/or wheelthrowing techniques. Projects are flexible in their construction method in order to accommodate different ability levels and interests. Projects with commercial potential such as lamp bases, teapots, covered jars and tile, etc. will be explored. Glazing, decoration and firing methods such as raku, pitfire, and standard reduction are also emphasized. Prerequisite: ARTD 2227, 2229 or consent of instructor ARTD 3329 Advanced Ceramics (3) Spring This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore methods and techniques covered in previous ceramic classes. Prerequisite: ARTD 2227, ARTD 2229, 3327 ARTD 3341 Internship. (3-9) Fall, January, Spring A supervised experience in an off campus professional environment such as a photography studio, a surface or graphic design studio, or a museum or gallery administrative office. ARTD 3351 - 3352 Studio Concentration. (3-6) Fall and Spring An independent studio experience where the advanced and senior status art major brings into focus and produces a body of work in one or two disciphnes. The smdent may take from 3 to 6 hours of credit in this course depending on the student's interest. The course includes discussion and readings in contemporary theory and criticism, field trips to museums and galleries, the creation of a personal artist statement, group critiques, writing a vitae, and business and graduate school opportunities. 99 ARTD 3355 Advanced Drawing. (3) Spring, alternate years An exploration of advanced problems in drawing. Topics may include color, concepts of space, and experimental approaches to various drawing media. Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) ARTD 3371 Intermediate Painting. (3) FaU Advanced work in either acrylics or oils. Projects will allow for the development of personal imagery, experimental approaches to the media, and other advanced concepts. Prerequisite: ARTD 2271 or 2275 ARTD 3372 Sculpture Methods H. (3) Spring This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore ideas, methods and techniques covered in previous sculpture classes. Prerequisite: ARTD 2272 ARTD 3373 Printmaking H. (3) FaU A continuation of Art 2273 including advanced exploration of color prints and other selected print and book arts media. Prerequisite: ARTD 2273 ARTD 3375 Advanced Painting. (3) Spring A further exploration of either oils or acryhcs. Students develop a series of paintings that explore specific imagery, materials, or techniques. Prerequisite: consent of instructor * Denotes courses in Art and Design that may satisfy Fine Arts requirements in Core Curriculum 100 BIOLOGY Specific Objectives for the Major The biology faculty works with their majors to help them develop an understanding and working knowledge of the life phenomenon from the subcellular through the organismic level. All majors wiU have the opportunity to leam about the diversity of living organisms and the significance of these organisms to the natural ecosystem and to man's economy. All majors will leam about the human as a model for anatomy, physiology, histology and embryonic development, as a host of parasites and as a product of organic evolution. Biology students will also gain an understanding of Ufe on a smaller scale as they encounter patterns of inheritance, gene action, microbiology, life at the cellular level and the impact of microorganisms. Method of AccompUshing Objectives The student is presumed to have accomplished the general and specific objectives by satisfactorily completing the courses which constitute the major. A major in biology consists of the following courses: Biology 1101-1 102, 2201-2202, 3301-3302, 4401-4402 and Chemistry 1 101-1 102. Typically a student who starts in Biology 1 102 and 1 102 as a freshman will take the Organismic Biology block as a sophomore, the Human Biology block as a junior and the Cell and Molecular Biology block as a senior. It is recommended that the student take Chemistry 1101 and 1 102 as a freshman or sophomore. Students who are preparing for entrance into graduate school or professional schools may need to take additional chemistry, math and physics courses as indicated in the Pre-Professional and Co-operative Programs section of this catalog. Demonstration of Accomplishment of Objectives The student will demonstrate that he has accomplished the objectives of the major by passing the departmental exit exam at the 70% level or higher. The Biology department continues to use the success of its graduates in the job market and in advanced study as a gauge of the applicability of its goals and the success of its students in attaining these goals. Career Options Graduates of the College who have majored in biology typically pursue careers in teaching, pharmacy, medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or physical therapy. In addition, many graduates find employment in industry-some in laboratories, some in management and others in research and development. Most careers require further formal study in graduate or professional schools. 101 Course Descriptions (BIOL) BIOL 1101 General Biology I. (4) FaU, Spring This is the beginning Biology course for majors and non-majors. It is a pre- requisite to all other biology courses except for Human Anatomy and Physiology. General Biology deals with the phenomenon of Ufe as is manifested in all types of living organisms. The origin of life, chemistry of life, cellular and tissue organization, metaboUsm, cell division, genetics, gene action and functioning of the organ systems are among topics covered in General Biology. There are no pre-requisites to General Biology I. BIOL 1102 General Biology n. (4) Spring This course is a continuation of General Biology I. Prerequisite: BIOL 1101 BIOL 1148 Human Anatomy and Physiology I. (4) Fall A study of the structure and function of the human body. Designed for nursing majors. May be taken as core science requirement and may be substituted for BIOL 1 101 as a prerequisite to BIOL 2320. Prerequisite: none BIOL 1149 Human Anatomy and Physiology H. (4) Spring A continuation of Human Anatomy and Physiology I. Prerequisite: none BIOL 2201 Organismic Biology L (4) FaU Organismic Biology deals with the organisms, populations and ecosystems as the targeted level or organization. Organic evolution as a source of diversity of organisms, schemes of classification of organisms and the biology of the organisms themselves are the chief targets of this course. Population dynamics and ecological interactions are also included. Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102 BIOL 2202 Organismic Biology H. (4) Spring This course is a continuation of Organismic Biology I. Prerequisite: BIOL 2201 BIOL 2320 Medical Microbiology. (4) Spring A smdy of human disease caused by pathogenic microbes and helminthes. Laboratory activities focus on bacteria as model organisms. Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102 BIOL 3301 Human Biology L (4) Fall An examination of the human body emphasizing embryology, anatomy, physiology, histology, neurobiology and evolution. Designed for upper-level Biology majors. Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102 102 BIOL 3302 Human Biology n. (4) Spring A continuation of Human Biology I. Prerequisite: BIOL 3301 BIOL 4401 CeU and Molecular Biology L (4) Fall A study of morphology, physiology, heredity, classification,, ecology, pathology and host defense at the cellular level, with laboratory activities involving prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Senior status recommended. Prerequisite: BIOL 1102 BIOL 4402. CeU and Molecular Biology n. (4) Spring A continuation of BIOL 4401 . Prerequisite: BIOL 4401 BIOL 4495 Independent Study/Internship ( 1 -4) On Demand Although not required as part of the biology major nor available as a substitute for any of the biology major courses, this course provides an opportunity for students, on an individual basis, to pursue in-depth study of a particular biology topic or to gain added experience and insight through internship in off- campus settings. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor and the Academic Dean 103 BUSINESS Introduction The Business Division of LaGrange College is committed to academic excellence through degree programs designed to prepare its students for a wide variety of careers in business. The liberal arts education that students receive at LaGrange College provides the foundation for critical thinking, communication, and the leadership skills needed for a successful professional career. The Division seeks to enhance the College's hberal arts curriculum by offering coursework and internship opportunities that give students a fundamental understanding of business and provide them with the knowledge and skills needed for effective decision making in a dynamic, global and technologically oriented environment. For students who elect to pursue a major in a degree program other than business, the Business Division also offers minors in Accountancy and Business Management. The minors provide students with opportunities to develop a greater awareness and understanding of the role and functioning of business. Requirements for the programs are presented in the pages that follow (or where otherwise noted): Minor in Accountancy Minor in Business Management Bachelor of Science (BS) in Accountancy Bachelor of Science (BS) in Business Management Bachelor of Arts (B A) in Business (see separate LC Evening College Bulletin) The programs are accredited nationally by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP). Objectives As a liberal arts college, LaGrange College is dedicated to the strengthening of students' creative, critical, and communicative abihties. The Business Division offers several degree programs within this context. While the primary objective of each of these programs is to support the hberal arts mission of the institution, each major is designed to provide a different business emphasis that will complement the hberal arts while at the same time providing professional preparation in the business discipUnes. A Minor in Business Management is available to any LaGrange College student, regardless of major. Courses cover the basic functional areas of business. The minor is designed to help students develop the abihty to recognize and solve business and organizational problems and understand the role of business in the conmiunity, nation and the world. Such exposure should enhance the student's employment opportunities. The Division also 104 offers a Minor in Accountancy, which will significantly increase the employment options of students of any major. One of the most challenging majors available to students at LaGrange College is the BS in Accountancy. The accountancy major gives the student the accounting foundation needed for effective decision making in an organization. Today's accountants must be able to conmiunicate, synthesize and innovate; they not only provide the information upon which the business world depends, but also make crucial decisions and act as trusted advisors. The Accountancy major builds upon the Uberal arts skill base to give students the business and accounting knowledge they will need in a business setting. The student planning to work in the accounting function will receive the necessary skills and knowledge to pursue the CMA and CFM professional designations and be prepared for the fifth year of study for the CPA. The BS in Business Management degree program is designed to help students develop ideals that are ethically sound and socially desirable; cultivate an awareness of the social, poHtical and economic developments to which businesses must adapt; develop sound judgment and effective communication skills; and develop their individual interests and talents. Course work provides both the theoretical and practical foundation needed by business, as well as government and not-for-profit organizations. There is sufficient theoretical and quantitative rigor in this program so that the student will be well prepared to embark on a professional career. All of the business programs emphasize the global business perspective. As we move into the 21st Century, fewer and fewer businesses operate completely within the United States' borders. Today's student must have a global perspective in order to compete in the international arena. Additionally, each course also emphasizes ethics in decision-making. As a church-related institution, LaGrange College is dedicated to graduating students with character and integrity. The business curriculum supports those values. 105 Program Requirements Accountancy and Business Management Minors A minor declaration may be made at any time but no later than fall term of the junior year, allowing enough time to complete the course sequence. Minor in Accountancy Students desiring to minor in Accountancy must complete five courses: ACCT 2200 required ACCT 2201 required And three of the following: ACCr 3301 3 3 3 ACCT 3302 3 ACCT 4401 3 ACCr 4410 3 ACCT 4415 3 ACCT 4430 3 Minor in Business Management A minor in Business Management consists of the following 15 hours of coursework*: ACCT 2200 required 3hrs. ECON 2200 required 3hrs. MRKT 3380 required 3hrs. MGMT 3370 required 3hrs. MGMT 4400 required 3hrs. * Exceptions must be approved by Business Division faculty. Accountancy and Business Management Majors If possible, students should declare their intention to pursue a major in Accountancy or Business Management during the spring semester of their freshman year. This early declaration of a major is especially important for students desiring to pursue the BS in Accountancy degree because of the necessary sequencing of courses prerequisite to the upper level accountancy courses. Business majors (BS in Accountancy and BS in Business Management) should note that the appUcable requirements for the major, including required courses, are those in effect when they declare their major, not those in effect at the time of their matriculation. In addition to the course requirements, students pursuing a Bachelor's degree offered by the Business Division must obtain a passing score on a comprehensive Department Assessment Test (DAT). 106 Bachelor of Science in Accountancy Students may declare accountancy as their major at any point; however, in order to remain an Accountancy major, they must meet the following criteria: 1 .Completion of ACCT 2200 and ACCT 2201 with a grade of 'B' or better. 2.Completion of all other major requirements with a grade of 'C or better. Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the discretion of the Accountancy Program Director. Any accountancy major whose overall GPA or major GPA falls below a 2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to remove the probationary status. Failure to do so will result in being dismissed from the Accountancy program. Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy must complete 63 semester credit hours above the general education requirements, including the following: Accountancy and Finance Economic, Management, And Marketing Seminars, Math, and Elective ACCT 2200 ECON 2200 MGMT 2290 (1 hr.) ACCT 2201 MGMT3351 MGMT 2291 (1 hr.) ACCT 3301 MGMT 3370 MGMT 3390 (Ihr.) ACCT 3302 MGMT 4440 MGMT 3391 (Ihr.) ACCT/FNCE 3354 MRKT 3380 MGMT 4490 (Ihr.) ACCr 4410 MGMT 4491 (1 hr.) ACC r 4430 MATH 1114 ACCT 4488 Elective FNCE 3353 FNCE 3356 Two classes from the following three: ACCT 4401, ACCT 4415, ACCT 4440 Accountancy majors must complete all of the general requirements except CORE 1110, Quantitative Reasoning. MATH 1114 may substitute for this requirement. Reminder: Students are required to complete at least three (3) Interim term courses. 107 Students planning to sit for the CPA examination are required by Georgia law to complete 150 semester credit hours. Although a total of 1 17 hours are required for a BS degree in Accountancy, it is recommended that for students pursuing licensure as a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), 120 semester hours be completed in their first four years of study. The Accountancy Program Director will assist students in determining how they should acquire the final 30 semester hours needed. Recommended Progression Grid for Accountancy Majors (business, accounting, and math classes) Sophomore Year FaU Semester Sophomore Year Spring Semester Hours Course Hours Course 3 ACCT 2200 Accounting for Decision Makers I 3 ACCT 2201 Accounting for Decision Makers II 3 ECON 2200 Principles of Economics 3 MGMT 3370 Mgmt. and Org. Behavior 1 MGMT 2290 Seminar in Business I 1 MGMT 2291 Seminar in Business II 7 Hours 7 Hours Junior Year FaU Semester Junior Year Spring Semester Hours Course Hours Course 3 ACCT 3301 Intermediate Financial Accounting I 3 ACCT 3302 Intermediate Financial Accounting II 3 FNCE 3353 Corporate Capital Structure 3 MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics 3 MGMT 3351 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business 3 FNCE 3356 Business Investment Analysis 3 MRKT 3380 Principles of Marketing 1 MGMT 3391 Seminar in Business IV 1 MGMT 3390 Seminar in Business III 13 Hours 10 Hours 108 Recommended Progression Grid for Accountancy Majors (business, accounting, and math classes) Senior Year FaU Semester Senior Year Spring Semester Hours Course Hours Course 3 ACCT 3354 Financial Statement Analysis 3 MGMT 4440 Management Simulation 3 ACCT 4488 Research in Accounting 3 ACCT 4419 Federal Income Tax 3 ACCT 4430 Advanced Accounting 6 Two of the Following: ACCT 4401, ACCT 4415, ACC r 4440 1 MGMT 4490 Seminar in Business V 1 MGMT 4491 Seminar in Business VI 10 Hours 13 Hours Bachelor of Science in Business Management To declare a major in Business Management the student must have a GPA of 2.50/4.00 or better. To remain a major in good standing, the student must complete all major requirements with a grade of 'C or better and maintain an overall GPA of no less than 2.50/4.00. Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the discretion of the Business faculty. Any Business Management major whose overall GPA falls below a 2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to remove the probationary status. Failure to do so will result in being dismissed from the Business Management program. Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Management must complete 5 1 semester credit hours of business coursework (above the general education requirements) for a total of 108 semester hours. The required courses for the BS in Business Management include the following: ACCT 2200 ACCT 2201 MGMT 2290 (1 hr.) MGMT 2291 (1 hr.) FNCE 3354 MGMT 3370 MGMT 3388 MGMT 3390 (1 hr.) MGMT 4440 MGMT 4490 ( 1 hr.) MATH 1114 MATH 1 1 17 or MATH 1 121 Major Elective Major Elective 109 ECON 2200 MGMT 3351 MRKT 3380 MGMT 3391 (1 hr.) MGMT 4491 (Ihr.) ENGL 3312 (or approved elective) Major Elective Business Management majors must complete all of the general requirements except CORE 1110, Quantitative Reasoning. Either MATH 1117 or MATH 1121 will be substituted for this requirement. Reminder: Students are required to complete at least three (3) Interim term courses. Recommended Progression Grid for Business Management Majors (business, accounting, and math classes) Sophomore Year FaU Semester Sophomore Year Spring Semester Hours Course Hours Course 3 ACCT 2200 Acct. for Decision Makers I 3 ACCT 2201 Acct. for Decision Makers 11 3 ECON 2200 Principles of Economics 3 ENGL 3312 Business Communications 1 MGMT 2290 Seminar in Business I 1 MGMT 2291: Seminar in Business 11 7 Hours 7 Hours Junior Year Fall Semester Junior Year Spring Semester Hours Course Hours Course 3 FNCE 3354 Business Per- formance Analysis 3 MGMT 3370 Management and Organizational Behavior 3 MRKT 3380 Principles of Marketing 3 MGMT 3388 Research Methods 3 MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics 3 Elective (in major) 1 MGMT 3390 Seminar in Business in 1 MGMT 3391 Seminar in Business IV 10 Hours 10 Hours 110 Recommended Progression Grid for Business Management Majors (business, accounting, and math classes) Senior Year FaU Semester Senior Year Spring Semester Hours Course Hours Course 3 MGMT 3351 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business 3 MATH 1117 Quant. Methods or MATH 1121 Survey of Calculus 3 Elective (in major) 3 MGMT 4440 Management Simulation 1 MGMT 4490 Seminar in Business V 3 Elective (in major) 1 MGMT 4491 Seminar in Business VI 7 Hours 10 Hours Course Descriptions Note that most courses have prerequisites and, generally, 2200-level courses are introductory. Prerequisites are shown after the course description. All major and minor courses must be completed with a grade of C or better. (Note: All BS in Accountancy students must complete ACCT 22(X) and ACCT 2201 with a grade of 'B' or better.) Accountancy (prefix ACCT) ACCT 1199 Survey of Accounting Concepts (3) On demand A survey course in the principles of accounting for students not majoring in business or accounting. Topics to be covered include understanding financial statements, cash reconcihations, budgeting, and decision making. Credit is not given for both ACCT 1199 and either ACCT 2200 or ACCT 2201. ACCT 2200 Accounting for Decision Makers I (3) Fall Focuses on business events and examines these events from both an external financial reporting perspective and an internal management decision-making perspective. Provides an introduction to the use of accounting information in the operation of a business. Projects facilitate self-discovery of knowledge and development of a variety of professional skills and attitudes. ACCT2201 Accounting for Decision Makers n (3) Spring Continuation of Accounting for Decision Makers I. Prerequisite: ACCT 2200 ACCT3301 Intermediate Financial Accounting I (3) Fall Decision-making implications of information provided to external stakeholders including investors, creditors, customers, and regulators, and regulation theory and practice as applied to accountancy. Topics include regulation of accountancy procedures for external reporting, current problems in reporting financial position, income determination, and an integration of current professional pronouncements. Prerequisite: ACCT 2201 ACCT 3302 Intermediate Financial Accounting n (3) Spring Continuation of Intermediate Financial Accounting I. Prerequisite: ACCT 3301 ACCT 3354 Financial Statement Analysis (3) FaU A comprehensive survey of the basic tools and models used in contemporary financial statement analysis. Prerequisite: ACCT 2201 ACCT 4401 Assurance and Attestation (3) On demand A conceptual introduction to the credibility lent by an independent party to the assertions one contracting party makes to other contracting parties. Topics include the demand for assurance and attestation services, and concepts including evidence, ethics, risk and control. Prerequisite: ACCT 3302 ACCT 4410 Federal Income Tax Concepts and Practice (3) Spring This course introduces students to U.S. Federal income tax concepts and principles and the apphcation of such concepts to business operating, investing and financing activities. Ethical and legal issues confronting tax practitioners are discussed throughout the course. Tax research methods are also introduced. Prerequisite: ACCT 2201 ACCT 4415 Accounting for Internal Decision Makers (3) On demand Decision making impUcations of information provided to organization managers. Concepts fi-om economics, statistics, and psychology emphasize the use of quantitative techniques to manage uncertainty and risk. Topics include planning and control techniques, construction of static and flexible budgeting, and product costing mechanisms. Prerequisite: ACCT 2201 ACCT 4430 Advanced Accounting (3) Fall A journey into advanced business and accounting topics. Topics include mergers and acquisitions, consolidations, partnerships, foreign currency 112 transactions and financial statement translations, and derivatives used to manage risk associated with international trade and direct foreign investment. Prerequisite: ACCT 3302 ACCT4440 Accounting Information Systems (3) On demand An introduction to the systems, procedures, and processes management employs to control operating activities and information reporting systems. Prerequisite: ACCT 3301 ACCT 4460 Internship in Accounting (1-3) On demand This course represents a unique opportunity for a quahfied student to expand his/her understanding of the practical appUcations of accounting concepts by entering into a specific "help rendered learning accompUshment" contract with a cooperating area enterprise. The contract will specifically identify the student's obUgations and duties, the nature and extend of the host enterprise's commitment to assist the student in further extending his/her knowledge of enterprise operations, and the basis on which the student's learning accomphshments will be measured. No more than 6 credit hours may be apphed toward the smdent's graduation requirements. Prerequisites: Accountancy major with demonstrated superior capabiUties and prior approval of the contract by the Division faculty ACCT 4480 Special Topics in Accounting (3) On demand A series of special topic courses will provide students with exposure to issues and concepts not covered in their regular course work. Most topics will include work with "real-world" organizations. Prerequisites: ACCT 2200 and consent of instructor ACCT 4488 Research m Accountmg (3) Fall This course provides a conceptual understanding of the accounting process and the background skills to do research in the authoritative accounting literature. Students will gain proficiency using FARS. Current topics in accounting will be discussed. Prerequisite: ACCT 3302 Economics (ECON) ECON2200 Principles of Economics (3) Fall An introduction to the science of economics and its analytical tools. This course is devoted to providing the student with a thorough understanding of the basic principles of a) microeconomics: the study of the economic behavior of individual household and firms and the determination of factor prices, and b) macroeconomics: the study of the determination of the aggregate levels of income, output, employment and prices and the examination of fiscal and monetary policy. 113 ECON3310 Managerial Economics (3) On demand Focuses on the use of microeconomic principles using mathematical and statistical tools to make/analyze business decisions. Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200 and MATH 1 114 or 1 117 or 1 1216 ECON 3333 Financial Markets (3) On demand An in-depth survey of the functions of the international monetary system, the currency exchange market and the international money and capital markets and the role these markets play in the firm's financial decisions. Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200 and MATH 1 1 14 or 1 1 17 or 1 121 ECON 4481 Special Topics in Economics (3) On demand A series of special topic courses providing the student with exposure to issues and concepts in economics not covered in other course work. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor Finance (FNCE) FNCE 3353 Funding the Company: Capital Structure Issues (3) On demand A study of the strategies used by corporations (and other business entities) to fund business operations and investments. Traditional and innovative financial instruments will be analyzed and their risk to the viabihty of the business evaluated. We will also review the use of derivatives (options, hedges, futures, etc.) as a source of reducing risk. Prerequisite: ACCT 2201 FNCE 3354 Business Performance Analysis (3) Fall This course focuses on the structure and analysis of financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP, providing students with a framework for using financial statement data in a variety of valuation and business analysis contexts. Prerequisite: ACCT 2201 FNCE 3356 Business Investment Analysis (3) On demand This course focuses on analyzing and valuing current and potential investments with primary emphasis on external expansion opportunities. Accounting-based and discounted cash flow methods of valuation are discussed as well as the effects that various legal, accounting and tax issues may have on such analyses. Prerequisite: ACCT 2201 FNCE 3357 Investments (3) On demand This course provides students with an introduction to the tools for analyzing the potential returns and risks of individual securities and how to combine them efficiendy into portfolios.. The subject matter will be presented primarily from the viewpoint of the individual investor. The course will also examine the market equilibrium pricing of capital assets, risk-adjusted evaluations of portfolio performance, the efficiency of the capital allocation process in security markets, the formulation of investment policies and strategies, and other investment-related topics. Prerequisites: ECON 2200 and FNCE 3353 114 FNCE3358 Seminar in Finance 1(1) On demand A one-hour seminar in fundamental analysis and portfolio management Prerequisites: R^CE 3357 and consent of instructor FNCE 3359 Seminar in Finance n (1) On demand A one-hour seminar in fundamental analysis and portfolio management Prerequisites: FNCE 3357 and consent of instructor FNCE 4482 Special Topics in Finance (3) On demand A series of special topic courses providing the student with exposure to issues and concepts in finance not covered in other course work. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor Management (MGMT) MGMT2215 Business Fundamentals (3) On demand This course is designed to provide a broad overview of fundamental concepts related to the field of Business including the core areas of Accounting, Economics, Finance, Management, Marketing and Information Systems. A variety of historical, ethical, and practical issues relating to business in both the domestic and international sectors will also be covered. MGMT 2290 Seminar in Business I: Research, Analysis, and Team SkiUs (1) Fall This is an applied course designed to help students in their business studies. Topics to be covered include research and writing skills, teamwork and communication, and an introduction to case studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or consent of instructor MGMT 2291 Seminar in Business 11: Software and Analytical Tools (1) Spring This course is designed to provide business students with the fundamental skills needed to create and manage computer-based spreadsheets, presentations and data analyses. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and ACCT 2200, or consent of instructor (Graded on a Pass/No Credit basis) MGMT 3322 Business Ethics (3) On demand A study of current social problems faced by business with particular attention paid to the background factors giving rise to those problems, various proposed solutions, and the approach that is currently being followed. Prerequisites: Senior standing, ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, MGMT 3370, or consent of instructor 115 MGMT3351 Legal and Ethical Enyironment of Business (3) Fall This course addresses the legal and ethical impUcations of business decisions. Topics may include legal organization, employment, discrimination, contract, workplace, safety, product liabiHty and antitrust issues. Cost-benefit analysis will be used as a tool to evaluate business decisions in light of existing legal rules and social responsibility. MGMT 3370 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) Spring A study of the science and art of management with special emphasis on motivating and leading individuals in an organization. Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, or consent of instructor MGMT 3374 Interpersonal Relations in Organizations (3) On demand A study of human interaction in the organization context. Topics to be covered include self-concept, frames of reference, values and attitudes, barriers and breakdowns in communications. Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, MGMT 3370, or consent of instructor MGMT 3376 Managing Human Resources (3) On demand The study of the basic principles and functions of effective personnel administration and human resource management. Extensive use is made of the case method of study. Students gain experience looking at personnel problems, individually and as members of groups. Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, MGMT 3370 MGMT 3388 Research Methods (3) Spring Focuses on the survey research process and the analysis of data. Covers topics such as problem definition, research design, sampling techniques, questionnaire development, data collection methods and data analysis. Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ACCT 2201, ECON 2200, MATH 1114, MGMT 3370, and MRKT 3380, or consent of instructor MGMT 3390 Seminar in Business ID: Presentation and Case Analysis Skills (1) Fall The use of business cases as a learning method is well established in the field of business. To support this learning method, this course has been designed to help students develop critical thinking skills to analyze business cases as well as speaking and presentation skills to present their work in a professional manner. Prerequisites: Junior standing and MGMT 2290, or consent of instructor MGMT 3391 Seminar in Business IV: Career Management (1) Spring This course is designed to help students discover their interests, skills, and abiUties in their chosen major. Topics to be covered include career management and interpersonal communication skills, including conflict negotiation. Prerequisites: Junior standing, or consent of instructor 116 MGMT 4401 Entrepreneurship (3) On demand A study of the application of the science of management to the development and management of the small business enterprise. Opportunities, characteristics, and problems with the small business will be evaluated. Students will be required to develop a business plan for a small business and when possible students will be given an opportunity to work on special projects with small businesses in the community. The class requires active participation by students in and out of the classroom. Prerequisites: ACCT or FNCE 3354, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380 MGMT 4440 Management Simulation (3) Spring This is the capstone course for majors in business. It incorporates the use of a computer-based simulation in an effort to integrate all of the functional areas of business into one comprehensive course. Students are required to work in groups as managers of a simulated company and make the necessary marketing, finance, economic, accounting, and management decisions to run their company effectively. The student's grades are a function of individual and group performance. Prerequisites: Senior standing, completion of all course requirements in major, or consent of instructor MGMT 4460 Internship in Business (1-3) On demand This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to expand his/her understanding of the practical appUcations of enterprise operations by entering into a specific "help rendered learning accomphshment" contract with a cooperating area enterprise. The contract will specifically identify the student's obhgations and duties, the nature and extend of the host enterprise's commitment to assist the student in further extending his/her knowledge of enterprise operations, and the basis on which the student's learning accompUshments will be measured. No more than 6 credit hours may be appUed toward the student's graduation requirements. Prerequisites: Business major with demonstrated superior capabilities and prior approval of the internship contract by Division faculty MGMT 4470 Advanced Research in Business (1-3) On demand Research project or paper in business or economics. A student must present a course description/project proposal in writing to the faculty member chairing the research for approval by the end of pre-registration during the quarter prior to enrolling for the course. No more than 3 credit hours per tam and a maximum of 6 credit hours may be qplied toward the student's graduation requirements. Prerequisites: MGMT 3388 and prior approval by Division faculty MGMT 4483 Special Topics in Management (3) On demand A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues and concepts not covered in their regular course work. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor 117 MGMT 4490 Seminar in Business V: Resumes and Cover Letters (1) Fall This course is designed to help guide students through the process of preparing for a career. Topics to be covered include experiences and activities that enhance employabihty, resume preparation and cover and thank you letter development. Prerequisites: Senior standing and MGMT 3391, or consent of instructor (Graded on a Pass/No Credit basis) MGMT 4491 Seminar in Business VI: Interviewing Skills (1) Spring This course is designed to help guide students through the process of preparing for a job interview. Topics to be covered include experiences and activities that enhance employabihty, identifying skills needed for a job, question and answer preparation, and effective interviewing techniques. Prerequisites: Senior standing and MGMT 4490, or consent of instructor (Graded on a Pass/No Credit basis) Marketing (MRKT) MRKT 3380 Principles of Marketing (3) Fall An introduction to the important principles of marketing management and the role of marketing in a contemporary society, in business enterprises and in the nonprofit organization. Considers the planning, operation and evaluation of marketing and promotional efforts necessary to the effective marketing of consumer and industrial offerings. Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ACCT 2201, ECON 2200 MRKT 3381 Advanced Marketing (3) On demand Provides training in marketing decision making. Uses case studies simulating actual business settings to help students develop analytical abihties and sharpen their communication skills. Covers topics that range from techniques used to analyze a market to the development of a total marketing strategy. Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ACCT 2201, ECON 2200, MRKT 3380 or consent of instructor MRKT 4484 Special Topics in Marketing (3) On demand A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues and concepts not covered in their regular course work. Prerequisites: Senior standing, MRKT 3380, and consent of instructor 118 CHEMISTRY Introduction Chemistry is often referred to as the central science, because chemical concepts are used throughout the other sciences. Therefore, in addition to being a major in its own right, the study of chemistry is a part of many curricula. The Chemistry Department focuses its introductory chemistry course as an element in a hberal education, a service to other departments and the beginning of a comprehensive study of chemistry. The department offers both B.A. and B.S. majors as well as a minor which can lead to a variety of future occupations. Students with a major in chemistry have gone on to traditional pursuits such as graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry, pharmacy, medical school and law school (patent law and corporate law), as well as becoming laboratory technicians and salespersons for chemistry and related industries. The B. A. degree offers a broad background in chemistry while allowing ample time for extensive coursework in other fields. The B. A. is appropriate for those interested in one of the medical or law-related professions, teaching, or for students desiring the broadest possible education with an emphasis in natural science. The B.S. program is designed for those going on to graduate school in a chemically related field (chemistry, biochemistry, molecular biology, chemical physics, environmental science, or forensics) or those seeking employment as chemists after graduation. The B.S. degree is generally more highly valued at professional schools because entrance standards are high. While the B.S. degree is more demanding of a student's time, there is sufficient time for electives outside the sciences. Objectives The specific objectives for the respective degrees are as follows: The Bachelor of Science Degree Students who earn the B.S. degree with a major in chemistry will be appropriately competent in the following areas: Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical presentation of chemical concepts EquiUbria and stoichiometry Periodic Relationships Thermochemistry Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional groups 119 Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by physical and instrumental methods Volumetric and gravimetric analytical theory and practice Analytical instrumentation theory and practice Thermodynamics Chemical dynamics Quantum mechanics and spectroscopy Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry or biochemistry Knowledge of the research process in chemistry Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following Bachelor of Science curriculum in chemistry: General Chemistry 1101, 11 02 8 semester hours Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202 8 semester hours Analytical Chemistry 225 1 4 semester hour Physical Chemistry 3301, 3302, 3303L 8 semester hours Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 1 semester hour Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours Instrumental Analysis 445 1 4 semester hours Chemistry Elective (3000 or 4000 level) 4 semester hours Additionally, a research experience is required. This should be taken between the junior and senior years or during the first semester of the senior year. This may be done on campus, in industry or in a research university summer program. Students may elect to earn 4900 credit for this required activity. Supporting required courses include the following: Mathematics 2221, 2222 8 semester hours Physic s 1 1 2 1 , 1 1 22 8 semester hours Library 4500 2 semester hours A Computer Science programming course 3 semester hours The scheduUng of the B.S. curriculum is important. To be prepared to take the physical chemistry sequence, students should take calculus during the freshman year and physics during the sophomore year. It is highly recommended that students take general chemistry during their freshman year. The following would be a typical sequence of courses for the B.S. chemistry degree: Fall Spring First Year CHEM 1101 CHEM 1 102 MATH 2221 MATH 2222 120 Second Year CHEM 2201 CHEM 2202 PHYS1121 PHYS1122 Third Year CHEM 3301 CHEM 3302, 3303L CHEM 3371 Fourth Year LIBR 4500 CHEM 445 1 Computer Programming CHEM 447 1 Chemistry Elective or Chemistry Elective Students who earn the B.S. degree will have demonstrated their attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current American Chemical Society (ACS) Examinations on the following three topics: General, Organic and Physical. The students will additionally attain an appropriate score from one of the following examinations: Analytical, Instrumental, Inorganic or Biochemistry. The passing score wiU be at or above the 40^^ percentile of the national norms for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry Department, based o the accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which are in the best interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at the end of the appropriate course's) and will be offered to students up to three additional times prior to the time of the students' scheduled graduation. The student must attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third or final time, evidence of preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earUer than two weeks following a previous examination. The Bachelor of Arts-Chemistry Students who earn the B.A. degree with a major in chemistry will be appropriately competent in the following areas: Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical presentation of chemical concepts EquiUbria and stoichiometry Periodic relationships Thermochemistry Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional groups Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by physical and instrumental methods Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry or biochemistry 121 Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses required for the Bachelor of Arts curriculum in chemistry: General Chemistry 1101, 1102 Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202 Analytical Chemistry 225 1 Physical Chemistry 3301 Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 Chemistry Elective 8 semester hours 8 semester hours 4 semester hour 3 semester hours 1 semester hour 2 semester hours 4 semester hours Required supporting courses include the following: Physics 1101, 1102 or 1121, 1122 8 semester hours Math 1 121 or 2221 3 or 4 semester hours Library 4500 2 semester hours The scheduUng of the courses for the B.A. in chemistry can be flexible. The following is a proposed sequence to fulfill the requirements for the major. FaU Spring First Year MATH 2105 MATH 1121 Second Year CHEMllOl CHEM 1102 Third Year CHEM 2201 CHEM 2202 PHYS 1101 PHYS 1102 CHEM 3371 Fourth Year CHEM 3301 CHEM 4471 LffiR 4500 CHEM 2251 Chemistry Elective or Chemistry Elective Students who earn the B.A. degree will have demonstrated their attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current American Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General Chemistry and (2) Organic Chemistry. The passing score will be at or above the 40^ percentile of the national norms for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which are in the best interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at the end of the appropriate course's) and will be offered to students up to three additional times prior to the time of the students' scheduled graduation. The student must attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third or final time, evidence of preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earUer than two weeks following a previous examination. 122 The Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will be appropriately competent in the following areas: Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical presentation of chemical concepts EquiUbria and stoichiometry Periodic relationships Thermochemistry Physical measurements of chemical systems Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional groups Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by physical and instrumental methods In-depth study of biological molecules and metabolism Techniques of biotechnology Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses required for the Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry: General Chemistry 1101, 11 02 8 semester hours Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202 8 semester hours Physical Chemistry 3301 3 semester hours Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 1 semester hour Biochemistry, Chemistry 4421, 4422 8 semester hours Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours Math 1114 or 1121 3 semester hours Physics 1101, 11 02 8 semester hours Library 4500 2 semester hours Suggested but not required Biology 8 semester hours Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will have demonstrated the attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current American Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General Chemistry, (2) Organic Chemistry and/or (3) Biochemistry. The passing score will be at or above the 40^^ percentile of the national norms for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange College students on these exams. The results, which are in the best interest of the students, wiU be used. These exams will be given at the end of the appropriate course's) and will be offered to students up to three additional times prior to the time of the 123 students' scheduled graduation. The student must attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third or final time, evidence of preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier than two weeks following a previous examination. The scheduling for the B.A. degree in biochemistry is also flexible. The following is a proposed schedule to meet the requirements for the degree. This degree provides a flexible yet strong program for the pre-health professional requirements. First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year Fall CHEMUOl CHEM 2201 PHYS 1101 CHEM 3301 CHEM 4421 LIBR 4500 Spring MATH 1121 or MATH 1114 CHEM 1102 CHEM 2202 PHYS 1102 CHEM 3371 CHEM 4422 CHEM 4471 A suggested schedule to meet the Pre Health Professional Requirements and earn a B.A. degree in biochemistry is the following: First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year FaU CHEM 1101 BIOL 1101 CHEM 2201 PHYS 1101 MATH BIOL 4321 CHEM 3301 LIBR 4500 CHEM 4421 Spring CHEM 1102 BIOL 1102 CHEM 2202 PHYS 1102 MATH BIOL 4322 CHEM 3371 MCAT, PCAT, VCAT, DAT, etc. CHEM 4471 CHEM 4422 The 4000 series Biology and Chemistry could be switched during the third and fourth year depending on the interest of the student. 124 Declaration of Major Before declaring a major in chemistry, a student must successfully (C or better) complete the introductory sequence (CHEM 1101, 1 102). A student may declare a major after one term of chemistry with permission of the chair of the department. Minor A minor in chemistry shall consist of CHEM 1101, 1102, 2201, 2202 and two additional chemistry courses from the following: CHEM 2251, 3301, 3302, 4421 , 4422, 443 1 , 445 1 . Students must demonstrate proficiency in general chemistry by passing the ACS General Chemistry Examination as stated above. Chemistry Awards The CRC Freshman Chemistry Award is awarded annually on Honors Day to the student with the most outstanding achievement in the CHEM 1101, 1 102 General Chemistry sequence. A.M. Hicks Award for outstanding achievement in organic chemistry, is awarded annually on Honors Day to the student taking organic chemistry who has attained the most outstanding record. The award is made in honor of Dr. A. M. Hicks who was a long time faculty member and chair of the department. Course Descriptions (CHEM) Chemistry is a laboratory science and the department views the laboratory experience as an essential component of those courses with an associated laboratory. Consequently, students must achieve a passing grade in both the lecture and laboratory portions of the course to obtain a passing grade in the course. CHEM 1101 General Chemistry L (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall A study of the foundations of chemistry including stoichiometry, atomic structure and periodicity, molecular structure and bonding models, and thermochemistry . Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or placement in 2105 or higher. CHEM 1102 General Chemistry IL (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring A continuation of CHEM 1 101; a study of the gas, Uquid, and solid phases, chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, acid/base equilibria, oxidation- reduction reactions and electrochemistry. Prerequisites: CHEM 1 101, MATH 1 101 or placement in 2105 or higher. CHEM 2201 Organic Chemistry L (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall A study of the fundamentals of organic chemistry with respect to the bonding, structure, nomenclature and reactivity of various classes of organic compounds including aromatic compounds. Prerequisite: CHEM 1102 125 CHEM 2202 Organk Oiemistry IL (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring A continuation of CHEM 2201 including spectroscopy, synthesis, carbonyls, and biomolecules. Prerequisite: CHEM 2201 CHEM 2251 AnalytkalOieniistiy (3hrs.le&,31irs.labperweek) (4) FaU A study of the theory and practice of volumetric and gravimetric quantitative analysis, chemical equihbrium, and acid/base chemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 1102 CHEM 3301 Physical Chemistry I. (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) Fall An overview of thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum chemistry. Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor, MATH 11 14 or MATH 2105 or placement in MATH 2221 CHEM 3302 Physical Chemistry H. (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) Spring Selected topics in thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum mechanics wiU be studied in additional depth. Statistical mechanics will be introduced. Application of mathematics at the calculus level wiU be apphed to these topics. Prerequisites: CHEM 3301 and MATH 2222 or MATH 1 121 CHEM 3303L Physkal Chemistiy Laboratoiy (6 hrs. lab per week) (2) Spring Laboratory techniques in physical chemistry will be appUed to thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum chemistry. Pre- or co-requisite: CHEM 3302 CHEM 3371 Junior Seminar (1 hr class per week) (1) Spring A course that acquaints the student with the chemical Uterature as weU as presentation and discussion of scientific data and information. In addition, students will explore career opportunities, prepare a portfoho, and develop career plans. Note: Course is graded on a pass/no credit basis. Prerequisite: Junior standing CHEM 4421 Biochemistry I (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall An introductory course in the principles of biochemistry, with emphasis on the structure and function of biomolecules, membrane structure and function and an introduction to metaboUsm and bioenergetics. Prerequisite: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor. CHEM 4422 Biochemistiy H (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring A continuation of CHEM 4421 with emphasis on cellular metaboUsm, fundamentals of molecular genetics, and current topics in biochemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 4421 CHEM 4431 Inorganic (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) On Demand An in-depth examination of atomic and molecular structure. Synmietry concepts are introduced and used. Prerequisite: CHEM 3301 or consent of the instructor. 126 ! CHEM 445 1 Instrumental Analysis (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring A study of instrumentation and advanced analytical techniques. Prerequisite: CHEM 3301 or permission of instructor CHEM 4471 Senior Seminar (1 hr. class per week) (2) Spring A capstone course which is thematic. Emphasis is on integration of the student's experience in chemistry and the presentation of chemical Uterature in seminar and written form. Prerequisite: Senior standing CHEM 4800 Special Topics. (1-4 hours) On demand A special topics course that may be designed to provide the student with exposure to topics and concepts not covered in the regular course offerings. CHEM 4900 Independent Study. This course can vary and may be used to satisfy the research requirement for the B.S. major and provide research experience for B.A. majors. 127 COMPUTER SCIENCE Introduction The Computer Science Department at LaGrange College has several goals. With the goal of computer Uteracy for our general student population, courses are offered to acquaint students with microcomputer applications and networks. For smdents who want further study in computer science, the following options are available: A minor in computer science B. A. degree in computer science B. A. degree in computer science with a concentration in business B. S. degree in computer science Objectives Graduates from the B.A. and B.S. degree programs at LaGrange College should be able to do each of the following: Write programs in a reasonable amount of time that work correctly, are well documented, and are readable. Determine whether or not they have written a reasonably efficient and well-organized program. Know which general types of problems are amenable to computer solution and the various tools necessary for solving such problems. Assess the imphcations of work performed either as an individual or as a member of a team. Understand basic computer architectures. Pursue in-depth training in one or more apphcation areas or further education in computer science. In addition, students in the B. S. degree program should be able to do research, be able to convey technical ideas in a clear writing style, and have the mathematical background necessary for scientific problem-solving. Students in the B.A. degree program with a concentration in business should have the knowledge of the functional areas of business necessary for working in that environment. In order to be a major in computer science, a smdent must maintain a GPA of 2.25 or better. Students pursuing a B.S. degree must have a 3.0 average in those courses required for the major. AH of the 1000-level or above courses in computer science, mathematics, and business that are required for the B.A. or B.S. degree or the minor must be completed with a grade of C or better. 128 The computer science curriculum at LaGrange College is based of the recommendations of the A.C.M. (Association for Computing Machinery). In addition, our students have the opportunity to take courses that will make them more attractive in the job market. These courses include programming languages (such as C++, COBOL, Visual Basic, and Java), PC support and troubleshooting (including an A+ course), database administration (Oracle), network administration (Windows NT), and web programming (including JavaScript, Perl, CGI, HTML, DHTML, XML, CSS, and Macromedia applications). The accompUshment of these objectives will be demonstrated by the following: 1 Satisfactory performance on a progranmiing test. This test will be based on the concepts learned in CSCI 1990 and 2990 and must be taken at the end of the semester in which the student completes CSCI 2990. The test will be offered once at the end of every semester in which CSCI 2990 is offered. The test must be satisfactorily completed by the end of the semester in which the student reaches senior status, but under no circumstances will a student be allowed to take the test more than four times prior to and including that semester. If the test has not been completed satisfactorily by that time, the student will not be allowed to continue in either the B.A. or the B. S. degree programs in computer science. 2. Satisfactory performance by the student in delivering a presentation at a regularly scheduled Computer Science Department seminar. This presentation will be developed with the approval of and possible input from the computer science faculty. If the student does not arrive at the scheduled time for the seminar or does not perform satisfactorily in the seminar, the department reserves the right to impose additional requirements to substitute for the seminar. A student who fails to fulfill these requirements will not be allowed to graduate. 3. Satisfactory completion of an assessment portfoHo to be kept on each computer science major. The purpose of this portfoho will be to aid in assessing the professional development of each student and the growth of the student's programming skills as the student progresses through the computer science curriculum. Each portfoho will include the programming test described in item (1) above, a program selected by the instructor from CSCI 3250, three additional examples of the student's work, a copy of the student's resume, material from the departmental seminar presentation made by the student and described in item (2), a copy of the student's web page, and a personal information sheet (including forwarding address and phone number, e-mail address, and plans after graduation). The three examples of the student's work mentioned above must be approved for inclusion by faculty consensus. Maintaining the portfoho is the responsibihty of the student. Additional information about the portfoho is available from the department. 129 4. Attendance at Computer Science Department seminars. Each student will be required to attend at least 50% of these seminars each semester. A student who fails to attend 50% of the seminars will be required to submit a short written report for each seminar under the 50% missed. Details concerning such written reports are available from the department. Failure to attend 50% of the seminars and submit such reports will result in the student not being certified as a computer science graduate. Career Opportunities Students who complete the computer science major have a wide range of employment opportunities. These include positions in programming, PC support and troubleshooting, database administration, network administration, and web programming. Graduates of the computer science degree program at LaGrange College have secured positions as I.T. department managers, I.T. security speciahsts, systems analysts, database administrators, webmasters, web designers, PC support specialists, as well as other positions. Companies employing these graduates include Milliken and Co., Interface, Duracell, Hitachi, Walt Disney World (I.T. security), Chick-Fil-A (I.T. department), WestPoint Stevens, Total Systems Services, BeUSouth, Texas Instruments, General Motors, and others. In addition, a number of graduates have gone on to graduate school in areas such as computer science, computer engineering, electtical engineering, and management information systems. Course Requirements Core requirements for all students pursuing a minor, B.A., or B.S. in Computer Science (12 semester hours): CSCI 1990 CSCI 2990 One of the foUowing: CSCI 2500, 2850, or 2900 CSCI 3000 Requirements for the minor in Computer Science (6 additional hours): Two additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above Requirements for the B.A. Degree (30 additional hours): csa 3050 csa 3250 CSCI 3700 CSCI 3990 Four additional CSCI courses at the 3(X)0-level or above MATH 1114 MATH 1121 130 Requirements for the B.A. with a concentration in Business (39 additional Hours): CSCI 3990 Five additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above MATH 1114 MATH 1121 The five courses required for a minor in business: ACCT 2201 ; ECON 2200 or 2201 or 2202, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380, and MGMT 4440 Requirements for the B.S. Degree (41 additional hours): CSCI 3050 CSCI 3250 CSCI 3990 CSCI 4100 CSCI 4250 CSCI 4900 Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above MATH 1114 MATH 2221 MATH 2222 PHYS 1 101/1 102 or 1 121/1 122 required as the laboratory science courses in the Core Program Course Descriptions (CSCI) CSCI 1610 Introduction to Editing and System Languages. (2) On demand This course is designed to assist and familiarize the student with the UNIX operating system. The course is designed for computer science students and for those who need to learn a UNIX-hke operating system. CSCI 1630 Introduction to Microcomputers. (2) On demand This course is designed to assist and familiarize the student with the operation of a personal computer. The course covers personal computer appHcations such as word processors and spreadsheets. It also briefly covers how to use the Internet. CSCI 1700 Microsoft Office and InformatiCei]iuiyEi^ (3) Ondemanl Selected Restoration, Neoclassical, and Pre-Romantic EngUsh hterature, excluding the novel. ENGL 3345 The Rise of the English Novel. (3) On demand. A study of the rise of the Enghsh novel with an emphasis on selected works of the late seventeenth-century and eighteenth-century novehsts. 149 ENGL 3350 R(naiificism in EiiglishPoetiy and Selected P^ (3) Ondemand A study of selected major nineteenth-century British prose and poetry, with emphasis on lyric verse. ENGL 3355 The EngHsh Novel in ttie Nineteenth Centuiy. (3) On demand. A study of the selected works of Romantic and Victorian novehsts. ENGL 3360 Victorian Poetry and Selected Prose. (3) On demand. A study of selected major Victorian prose and poetry, with emphasis on Tennyson, Browning, and the Pre-RaphaeUtes. ENGL 3375 American Romanticism. (3) On demand. Major American Romantic writers of the United States through Whitman and Dickinson. ENGL 3380 Post Civil War American Literature. (3) Ondemand. Major American writers of the Reahstic and NaturaHstic movements in the United States. ENGL 3385 Southern American Literature. (3) Ondemand. A study of major Southern writers from about 1815 to the present. ENGL 4400 Literary Theory and Modern Criticism. (3) On demand. A study of hterary theory through postmodern Uterary criticism. ENGL 4410 Chaucer. (3) Ondemand. A survey of Chaucer's work. Consideration will also be given to the progress of Chaucerian influence and criticism. ENGL 4420 Shakespeare. (3) Ondemand. The development of Shakespeare's art, as reflected in selected individual plays or groups of plays. ENGL 4430 Milton. (3) Ondemand. Selected poetry and prose of Milton. ENGL 4440 Twentieth Century Fiction. (3) Ondemand. A study of selected novels and short stories of Modem, Postmodern, and Contemporary American and British fiction writers. ENGL 4450 Twentieth Century Poetry. (3) Ondemand. A study of the major American and British poets of the twentieth century, their verse techniques, and their contributions to poetic art. ENGL 4460 Twentieth Century Drama. (3) Ondemand. A study of major American and British playwrights of the twentieth century, their dramatic techniques, and their contributions to the dramatic arts. I 150 ENGL 4490 Senior Seminar. (3) Interim Term The initial segment of the pair of capstone courses intended to guide students through choosing and researching a major research project in Enghsh. Immediately precedes ENGL 4495. Prerequisite: Senior Standing ENGL 4495 Senior Thesis and Presentation. (2) Spring Using the topic selected and the research materials identified in the Senior Seminar, Enghsh majors will write and present orally an original research project. Prerequisite: ENGL 4490 ENGL 4499 Independent Study/Research. (3) 151 GENERAL SCIENCE Introduction The purpose of the general science course at LaGrange College is twofold: 1 An elective science course that is oriented toward developing critical thinking, problem solving and reasoning skills 2 A support course for the education program for preparation for elementary and middle school teachers. Course Description (GSCI) GSCE 1102 Earth and the Environment (3 hrs. lecmre, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) A study of a number of important geologic processes and the hazards and/or resources they present to individuals, society and the earth's environment. The course also considers the consequences of humanity's interaction with these processes and the physical environment. 152 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION Introduction The curriculum in the Department of Heahh and Physical Education is composed of two programs. The physical education activities program offers a selection of physical skills classes. These classes are designed to promote physical skill development as well as knowledge in a variety of activity areas including physical fitness and conditioning, aquatics, lifetime leisure pursuits, and traditional team sports. Objectives Two minor programs in physical education/athletics are available. A 15-hour coursework minor in coaching is available to any student. Students completing the minor in coaching will: demonstrate knowledge of the profession of athletics. understand professional practices, issues, trends, and hterature essential for effective coaching. demonstrate appropriate professional behaviors for athletic coaching. Criteria for completion of this minor are stipulated below. Required Core for the Physical Education/Coaching Minor HPED 3305 Sports Psychology 3 hours HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods 3 hours HPED 3312 Principles of Strength, Conditioning, and Nutrition for Athletes 3 hours 9 hours Select two (2) courses from the following for the total of 6 hours HPED 2202 Sports Statistics 3 hours HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of P. E. and Athletics 3 hours HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/Illnesses 3 hours HPED 3390 Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education 3 hours A 15-hour coursework minor also is available in physical education. Students completing the minor in physical education will 1) demonstrate knowledge of the profession of physical education; 2) understand professional practices, issues, trends, and hterature essential for effective teaching; 3) demonstrate appropriate professional behaviors for classroom management. This minor is designed in consultation with the department chair in Health and Physical Education. 153 Criteria for Completion of the Physical Education/ Coaching Minors satisfactorily complete all course work requirements. maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative G. P. A. current certification in Community First Aid/CPR. Course Descriptions (HPED) HPED 1153 Camp Leadership and Program. (3) On demand. A study of camping in an organized setting and of the leadership skills necessary for the implementation of the camp program. HPED 1154 Community First Aid/CPR. (3) Fall, Spring. Identification of emergency situations and selection of correct response. Certification in American Red Cross standard first aid and adult, child and infant rescue breathing and cardiopulmonary resuscitation. HPED 1155 Lifeguard Training. (3) Spring. Development of competencies in swimming and hfe guarding techniques, swimming speed and endurance. American Red Cross lifeguard training and cardiopulmonary resuscitation for the professional rescuer certification. Prerequisites: Current Standard First Aid Certification; Passing of the following practical exams on the first day of class; 500 yd. continuous swim (crawl, breast stroke and sidestroke); treading water for two minutes with legs only and retrieving a brick from the deep end of the pool. HPED 1156 Water Safety Instructor. (3) Spring. Develop competencies in swimming stroke and instructional techniques. Certification in Red Cross WSI which enables one to teach all levels of the Learn to Swim Program, Basic and Emergency Water Safety courses. HPED 2202 Sports Statistics. (3) Spring. Techniques of recording sports statistics and maintaining scorebooks are the focus of this class. HPED 2251 Introduction to Physical Education. (3) Fall. Introduction to the career possibihties in physical education. HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of Recreational and Physical Education Programs. (3) Spring. A study of the organization and administration of instructional, intramural, and interscholastic activity programs. Special emphasis on the selection, purchase, and care of safe equipment and faciUties as well as on the legal requirements for providing and maintaining safe programs and facihties. 154 HPED3305 Sports Psychology. (3) On demand. A study of human behavior in the context of the sporting experience and how performance is affected by the interactions of the coach, athletes and the environment. Emphasis will be on motivation, personahty, attributions, disengagement from sport, aggression, leadership, and communication patterns. HPED3306 Techniques of Sports Officiating. (3) On demand. Techniques of officiating athletic events; knowledge of the rules of selected sports. HPED3310 Coachmg Theory and Methods. (3) FaU. Analysis of teaching skills and techniques of the different interscholastic sports in high schools. HPED 3312 Principles of Strength Conditioning and Nutrition for Athletes. (3) Fall. Examination of proper techniques, concepts, and apphcations of exercise science. Nutritional principles as these relate to athletic performance also are included. HPED 3313 Leadership in Hiysical Education and Atiiletics. (3) On demand. A study of the leadership skills necessary to implement and conduct physical activity programs and functions. HPED 3320 Methods m Health and Physical Education in the Elementary School. (3) On demand. A study of the objectives, materials, activities, and curricula appropriate for elementary school physical education and health. Supervised observation and practical experiences in the elementary schools. HPED 3331 Personal Health Issues. (3) Spring. A study of basic issues and principles in health. Topics include fitness, diet and weight control, nutrition, human sexuaUty, stress management, death education, aging, and drug and alcohol education. HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries^Dlnesses. (3) Spring. A study of the injuries and ilhiesses occurring in athletics. Topics include but are not hmited to: heat exhaustion, heat stroke, abdominal injuries, injury management, emergency triage, anatomical instability, blood borne pathogens, and mechanics of injury. Prerequisites: HPED 3312 or permission of instructor. HPED 3352 Physiology of Exercise. (3) On demand. A study of the effects of exercise on the major systems of the human body, including cardio respiratory, neuromuscular, glandular, and digestive. Effects of heat, altitude, and ergogenic aids on the human body during exercise also are included. Prerequisites: BIOL 1148- BIOL 1149 155 HPED 3390 Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education. (3) Fall, Spring. Leadership experience under staff supervision; problems seminar. HPED 4400 Internship in Physical Education and Coaching. (3) Interim. Directed observation and participation in physical education, coaching, and/or supervisory situations. Prerequisites'. Junior or Senior standing, recommendation by the department chair in health and physical education Physical Education Activities (PEDU) The physical education activity program is designed to provide opportunities for learning or enhancing those skills necessary to participate in leisure time activities throughout the Ufe cycle. Special emphasis also is given to activities which improve one's physical fitness and condition. All courses carry one semester hour of credit and count toward the hours needed for graduation. PEDU 1102 Beginning Archery. (1) Fall, Spring. Basic competencies in archery techniques and safety with experiences in target shooting. PEDU 1103 Badminton. (1) Spring. Introduction to the skills, strategies, and rules of badminton PEDU 1104 BasketbaU. (1) Spring. Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of basketball. PEDU 1105 Jogging. (1) Fall, Spring. Participation in progressive running programs designed to increase cardiovascular endurance. PEDU 1107 Bowling. (1) On demand. Introduction to the basic skills and rules of bowling. Course conducted at local bowUng lanes. PEDU 1108 Physical Conditioning. (1) Fall, Spring. Basic assessment, maintenance, and improvement of over-all physical fitness. PEDU 1109 Beginning Golf. (1) Fall, Spring. Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of golf. Field trips to city golf courses. PEDU 1111 Softball. (1) Fall, Spring. Basic competencies and knowledge of rules and strategies of softball. PEDU 1112 Beginnmg Tennis. (1) Fall, Spring. Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of tennis. PEDU 1114 VoUeyball. (1) Fall, Spring. Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of volleyball. 156 PEDU1116 Personal Fitness. (1) Spring. Introduction to diet and weight control techniques as well as assessment and maintenance of personal fitness. PEDU 1120 Karate. (1) On demand. Basic competencies and skills in karate techniques. PEDU 1121 Bicycling. (1) On demand. Introduction to the basic equipment, safety, and techniques of cycling including training and racing strategies. Weekend field trips. PEDU 1122 Weightlifting/plyometrics. (1) FaU, Spring. Introduction to exercises that are geared toward increasing speed, power, and jumping ability. A basic overview of the physiological factors involved in the exercises will be included. PEDU 1123 Beginning Swimming. (1) Spring. Introduction to the aquatic environment with emphasis on competence in primary swimming and safety skills and stroke readiness. PEDU 1124 Intermediate/Advanced Swimming. (1) Fall. Development and refinement of key swimming strokes. Introduction to turns, surface dives, and springboard diving. Prerequisite: HPED 1 123 or equivalent skills. PEDU 1130 SCUBA. (1) Fall, Spring. Develop competencies in safe diving techniques and practices as well as safe use of SCUBA diving equipment. PADI open Water Diver Certification available upon completion of course and optional trip for checkout dives. Prerequisite: HPED 1 124 or equivalent intermediate swimming skiUs. PEDU 1156 Canoeing. (1) Fall, Spring. Fundamental canoeing skills emphasized. Field trips to lake facilities and overnight camping experience are provided to give extensive opportunities for recreational canoeing. PEDU 1158 Backpacking. (1) Spring. Introduction to basic equipment, safety, and techniques of trail camping. Extensive field trips to state and national trails. PEDU 1159 Sailing. (1) On demand. Basic sailing competencies and understanding with experiences in fundamental racing strategy. Field trips to lake faciUties. PEDU 1160 Snow Skiing. (1) Spring. Introduction to basic techniques, safety, and equipment of snow skiing. Field trip to area ski facilities. PEDU 1161 Rhythmic Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring. A conditioning course in which exercise is done to musical accompaniment for the purpose of developing cardiovascular efficiency, strength and flexibility. 157 PEDU 1162 Hiking, Orienteering, and Camping. (1) Fall, Spring. Introduction to basic techniques of tent camping, map, and compass work. Field trips to nearby campgrounds and forest lands. PEDU 1164 Water Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring. Development of cardio respiratory endurance, flexibility, body composition, and muscle endurance/tone through vigorous water exercise. The resistance of the water makes this course an excellent choice for the beginner as well as the well-conditioned athletes, and for the swimmer as well as the non-swimmer. PEDU 1165 Aqua Fitness. (1) Fall. Development and/or maintenance of cardiovascular fitness through various aquatic activities including water jogging, circuit training, and water resistance training. Students will learn to use various aquatic equipment to implement their personal training. Prerequisite: HPED 1123 or equivalent begiiming swimming skills. 158 HISTORY Introduction The faculty of the Department of History believe that all persons, whatever their selected role in life, require an understanding of their past in order to prepare for their future. The faculty firmly beheves that the hberal arts preparation, which encompasses courses from the disciphne of history, provides the student with the most appropriate educational background for life by integrating knowledge from the broadest range of disciplines. The objective of the Department of History is to provide each student at LaGrange College with knowledge of the historical forces which have shaped civilization as we know it. Objectives To achieve the objective set forth above the faculty seeks to: provide every student with a basic understanding of the historical forces which have contributed to the development of civilization. develop in every student an understanding and appreciation of his/her civilization which is a part of the world community. The faculty of the department beheves that students who select to complete a major course of study in history should have the foundation knowledge and understanding of the disciphne, developed by classroom instruction and individual study, necessary to provide them with the opportunity to: pursue graduate study within the disciphne. pursue a professional degree in a selected field of study. pursue employment as a teacher in pre-coUegiate education. seek employment in a field such as government, entry level historic documentation and preservation, social or historic entry level research, or a field where their hberal arts preparation can be beneficially utihzed. Graduates of the Department of History may be found pursuing careers in business, law, education, pohtics and government, broadcasting, joumaUsm, the ministry and other fields of endeavor. In all of these endeavors our graduates have found that their education has provided a foundation for their careers and for their growth in hfe. The Department of History offers the following major in history: A) Introductory Courses: HIST 1 101 and 1 102 World CiviUzation HIST 1 1 11 and 1 1 12 United States History These are required courses for the major. 159 We strongly encourage the history major to pursue the widest possible Uberal arts preparation by the careful selection of courses from the core program structure. B) Two courses from: fflST 3307 Social and Intellectual History of the United States HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History or HIST 3310 -331 1 Constitutional History of the United States Two courses from: HIST 3301 Greco-Roman world HIST 3310 Middle Ages HIST 3320 Renaissance and Reformation Two courses from: HIST 3372 Europe 1 660- 1 870 HIST 3374 Europe 1870 - the Present Required courses: HIST 2000 Research Methods in History HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar C) An additional nine semester hours of 3000 and 4000 level history courses are required. The total major course requirements are 33 semester hours credit beyond 1000 level courses. Success in achieving the objectives estabhshed for the major wiU be demonstrated as follows: successful completion of each major course with a grade of C or better. successful completion of the senior history seminar and defense of the senior thesis before the students and faculty of the department. successful completion of a major field examination during their senior year. Those wishing to major in history are encouraged to declare their major during the beginning of the spring semester of their sophomore year. Successful completion of History 1 101-1 102 and History 1111-1112 before entering the major is highly desirable. Upper level courses in history, those numbered 3000 or above (with the exception of HIST 4490), are available to all students who have successfully completed ten hours from the history offerings in the core program. i 160 Course Descriptions (HIST) fflST 1101 World Civilization I. (3) Fall, Spring. Survey course on the development of world civilization up to 1660. fflST 1102 World Civilization H. (3) FaU, Spring. Survey course on the development of world civiUzation from 1660 to the present. fflST 1111 History of the United States to 1865. (3) Fall, Spring. Emphasis on the Colonial, Revolutionary, early national, and Civil War periods. HIST 1112 History of the United States, 1865 to the Present (3) Fall, Spring. Emphasis on Reconstruction, Uberal nationaUsm, New Deal, and postwar periods. HIST 2000 Research Methods m History. (3) INTERIM ONLY This course is required of all sophomore history majors. It wiU acquaint the student with the basic components of historical methodology and research. HIST 3301 Greco-Roman World. (3) Fall 2003. A smdy of Greco-Roman civilization from its birth in ancient Greece through the collapse of the western Roman empire in the fifth century A.D. HIST 3302 The Middle Ages, 350-1350. (3) Spring 2004. This course offers a comprehensive study of the development of medieval civiUzation from the late fifth century to the late fourteenth century. HIST 3306 History of the South. (3) FaU 2003. Emphasis on the antebeUum, Civil War, Reconstruction, and New South periods. HIST 3307 Social and InteUectual History of the United States. (3) FaU 2002 A review of ideas and patterns of thought, the role of social, ethnic, and racial groups, and the major institutions of American society. HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History. (3) FaU 2003. Emphasis on the procedure for developing foreign poUcy as weU as diplomatic history. HIST 3310 Constitutional History of the United States to 1900. (3) Fall 2003. An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1776 to present. Prerequisites: fflST 1111 and HIST 1112 161 fflST 3311 Constitutional History of the United States 1901 to the Present. (3) Spring 2004 An analysis of fundamental constitutional developraent fix)m 1901 to the present fflST3312 Economic History of the United States. (3) On demand. American economic development from colonial times to the present. HIST 3315 Georgia History. (3) On demand. A study of Georgia History from the pre-colonial period to the present with emphasis on the historical, social, economic and political development of the State. mST 3320 The Renaissance and the Reformation, 1350-1600. (3) Spring 2004. This course offers a detailed study of the civiUzation of Renaissance and Reformation Europe. Primary focus will be placed on the artistic and rehgious achievements of the period 1350 to 1600. HIST 3330 The Medieval Church and Papacy. (3) Spring 2003. This course will examine the institutional and cultural history of the medieval church, with special emphasis on the role of the papacy, and its impact on medieval civilization. HIST 3340 Medieval Kmgs and Queens. (3) Fall 2002. A survey of medieval kings and queens and their influence on the development of medieval civiUzation. HIST 3341 Russia to 1856. (3) Fall 2003. A comprehensive survey of the Russian historical development from the appearance of the Kievan State in the 9* century through the Crimean War. HIST 3342 Russia 1856 to the Present. (3) Spring 2004. An examination of the Imperial Russian state. HIST 3350 Renaissance and Renascences. (3) Fall 2002 An examination of the great cultural revivals from the age of Charlemagne to the age of Michelangelo. HIST 3361 History of England to 1689. (3) FaU 2002. A pohtical, economic, social, and cultural history of England from 1689 to the present. HIST 3362 History of England from 1689 to Present (3) Spring 2003. A political, economic, social and cultural history of England from 1689 to present HIST 3372 Europe 1660-1870. (3) Fall 2002. A comprehensive survey of European history from the reign of Louis XTV through the rise of the modem German state in 1870. HIST 3374 Europe 1870 to the Present. (3) Spring 2003. A comprehensive survey of European history from the Bismarckian Era to the present. 162 fflST 3378 European Dqilomatk Histoiy:1890 to flie Presort. (3) On demand A detailed examination of European international relations from 1890, then end of the Bismarkian system to the present. HIST 4416 Twentieth Century America. (3) On demand. An intensive study of the United States during the twentieth century. HIST 4478 Contemporary Europe. (3) On demand. An examination of European history focusing on major issues since 1945. HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar. (3) Spring. A study of historiography and research methods and materials. Prerequisites'. Senior History Major or permission of the professor and the Chair of the Department. This course may only be attempted twice. ^^ 163 HUMAN SERVICES Introduction The goals of the Human Services major are to prepare graduates for begimiing generahst social work practice with individuals, famiUes, groups, organizations, and communities from the perspective of an understanding of humanity, society, and the world and to provide graduates with the educational background necessary to pursue graduate study in social work. Objectives Social Work Concentration A student who graduates from LaGrange College with a Human Services major will: understand the history of the social welfare institution and the human services profession, including their current strucmres, issues, and interrelationship, as the context for their practice. practice within the values, ethics, and metatheories of the human services profession. function within the structure of organizations and service deUvery systems, and under supervision, utilize strategies for seeking necessary organizational and systemic change. utiUze cognitive, empathic and analytic skills to understand their cHents, individually and collectively, as well as the social systems that affect them. utihze knowledge of bio-psycho-social-spiritual variables that affect individual development and action, and utihze theoretical frameworks to understand the interactions among individuals and between individuals and social systems (e.g., famihes, groups, organizations, and communities), and to intervene in dysfunctional interactions. practice with an understanding of and respect for the positive value of human diversity. understand poHcy (federal, state, local, and agency) and its effect on chents, workers, and agencies, and intervene in pohcy in the interest of their chents. understand the forms and mechanisms of human discrimination and oppression, and utihze strategies that advance social and economic justice. utihze generahst human service values, knowledge, and skills differentially with human systems of all sizes and types, professional colleagues, agency support staff, and community members. 164 understand and utilize their "self professionally in relationship with clients, colleagues, and others related to their practice. evaluate empirical and theoretical findings and apply them to practice; participate in research processes; and, under supervision, evaluate their own practice interventions and those of other relevant systems. utihze supervision, consultation, hterature, conferences, and other personal and professional support systems to further their own development and renewal. Course Requirements Social Work Concentration ( 1 ) Core program requirements (2) HUSV 1 146, 2247, 2253, 2299, 3306 or 3307, 331 1 4490, and 4491 27 hours PSYC 1101, 3302, 3321, and 3350 12 hours MATH 1 1 1 4, or MATH 33 1 6 or PSYC 2298 3 hours Three additional hours in Human Services or Psychology to be chosen in consultation with his/her advisor 3 hours Total 45 hours The Human Services Minor A minor in Human Services consists of 12 semester hours and includes the following course requirements: HUSV 2299 (Introduction to Human Services) HUSV 3311 (Human Services Methods) An additional 6 semester hours of HUSV courses, of which at least 3 must be in 3000-level or above courses Assessment The accompUshment of the Human Services objectives will be demonstrated by obtaining an acceptable score on the Area Concentration Achievement Test (AC AT) in Social Work. Normally, this test will be administered during a student's final semester at LaGrange CoUege. Career Options Human service professionals have the option to work in a wide range of programs that provide services to young children, adolescents, adults and elders. They work for private, nonprofit human service organizations, state departments and agencies, and in federal programs. 165 These diverse settings include group homes, supported hving programs, halfway houses, sheltered workshops, mental health centers, teen pregnancy programs, family programs, child and youth programs, elder programs, correctional programs, and shelters for abused women and children, for the homeless and for substance abusers. An increasing number of graduates are also entering graduate schools to pursue further education in fields Uke social work, gerontology and conomunity counseUng. Course Descriptions Social Work Concentration (HUSV) HUSV 1146 Introduction to Sociology. (3) Fall and Spring. Using a service-learning approach, this course covers the namre of society. Special emphasis will be placed on social processes, social institutions and social change. A prerequisite to all 3000 and 4000 level courses. HUSV 1148 Introduction to Anthropology. (3) Fall and Spring. A general introduction to physical and cultural anthropology. HUSV 2247 The Family. (3) FaU. Using a service-learning approach, this course provides basic information on how marriage and the family affect both individuals and society. No prerequisites. HUSV 2253 Social Problems. (3) Spring. Using a service-learning approach, selected social problems such as poverty, ethnic relations, the population explosion and pollution are examined from a macro sociological point of view. How sociological insights can inform value judgments concerning social structural conditions will be emphasized. No prerequisites. HUSV 2299 Introduction to Human Services. (3) Fall. An introduction to the knowledge base of human services practice. Basic practice principles will be formulated through the use of assigned reading, volunteer experiences in social agencies, and class discussion. Particular attention will be given to students' self-awareness as they estabhsh helping relationships within agency settings. Attention will also be given to understanding how social workers define human need and mediate the problems of people in the context of the social environment. Open to all students with sophomore standing or above. HUSV 3302 Social Change. (3) On demand. An examination of the process determining social change. 166 HUSV3306 Juvenile Delinquency. (3) Fall. An analysis of the nature and causes of juvenile delinquency and an evaluation of treatment or preventive programs. HUSV3307 Criminology. (3) Spring. A study of criminal behavior and its treatment. An overview of treatment of the offender by means of imprisonment, probation and parole. HUSV3308 Cultural and Social Anthropology. (3) Spring. A study of comparative cultures and social structures with special emphasis upon the ethnography of primitive people. HUSV3311 Human Services Methods. (3) Fall. An introduction to social work practice with individuals, famihes, groups, organizations, and communities. Assigned readings and human services process records provided by the instructor or contributed from the students' own field practicum experiences will be used to begin to acquire knowledge and skills required by social work practitioners. Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146 and HUSV 2299 HUSV3312 Groups and Adventure-Based Therapy. (3) Spring. An introduction to the basic issues and key concepts of therapeutic group process. Also with a special emphasis on experiential outdoor therapy, such as teambuilding, ropes courses and wilderness-based therapeutic programs. Requires off-campus trips lasting from one-day to a full weekend. Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146 and HUSV 2299 HUSV 4490 Supervision in Human Services. (3) Fall, Spring. Processing and complementary supervision for students engaged in practicum. Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146, HUSV 2299 and HUSV 331 1. Co-requisite: HUSV 449 1 . HUSV 4491 Human Services Field Practicum. (6) Fall, Spring. Supervised human services practice and observation in a human services agency. Students carry beginning, direct- service responsibilities. Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146, HUSV 2299 and HUSV 3311. Co-requisite: HUSV 4490. 167 LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES AND MODERN LANGUAGES Introduction Latin American Studies is a new and growing program at LaGrange College. It is an interdisciplinary program that introduces the student to the cultural diversity and richness of Latin America and its people. Due to the increasing presence and importance of Latinos in the United States, a minor in Latin American Studies enhances one's career opportunities and effectiveness in such fields as business, government, health care, joumaUsm, law, and social work. Objectives While the minor in Latin American Studies currently requires 6 hours of Spanish language study, students are encouraged to take more Spanish courses in order to develop basic conversational fluency. In addition, study abroad is strongly encouraged because it provides the student with total cultural immersion. At present the College offers only a minor in Latin American Studies; yet, the hope is to expand and to be able to provide a major in the near future. A minor in Latin American Studies consists of the following 18 hours of course work: Spanish courses - 6 hrs. LAST 1 104 Latin American Culture 3 hrs. LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies 3 hrs. LAST 3110 Special Topics or Spanish 3110 3 hrs. Elective in either LAST or Spanish 3 hrs. (3000 level or above) Course Descriptions (LAST) LAST 1104 Introduction to Latin American Culture. (3) Fall 2001. A study of the art, literature, history, and anthropology of Latin America (fulfills LANG 2000 requirement) LAST 1199 Latin American Travel Seminar. (1-9) A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience through close contact with the contemporary hfe and civihzation of a selected Latin American country. Basic academic preparation in the history and customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure. Prerequisites: SPAN 1 101, SPAN 1 102 and SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies. 168 i LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies. (3) Spring 2002. An interdisciplinary approach to the people, culture, development and identity of Latin America. Attention will be given to such topics as art, class, economics, gender, history, hterature, music, pohtics, race and rehgion. LAST 3001 Survey of Latin American Literature L (3) A general survey of contemporary Latin American hterature. LAST 3002 Survey of Latin American Literature H. (3) Summer 2001 Focuses on the works of a current major Latin American writer or writers. LAST 3110 Special Topics. (3) Fall 2001, Spring 2002 A study of selected topics from a specific disciphne. Since the focus of this course changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit. LAST 3210 Latin American Politics. (3) This course examines the dynamics of Latin American pohtics. The class will be divided into three overlapping themes: pohtical development, economic growth, and pohtical violence. LAST 3930 Intercultural Communications. (3) A study of the cultural risks confronting the business manager in an international environment. This course will survey the differences in values and codes of behavior aniong a number of cultures with the primary focus being on Latin America. This course will give the student the opportunity to learn how to read and respond to the organizational culture of regulators, business associates and customers across cultural borders. Spanish As the Latino population increases in the United States, the abihty to speak Spanish is becoming an asset if not a necessity in the market place. This need is already occurring in such diverse fields as business, education, health care, law, and social work. In order to better prepare our students to meet this growing need in their future fields, we offer a major and minor in Spanish. While not required, study abroad is strongly encouraged for both our majors and minors to improve language fluency and cultural awareness. A major in Spanish consists of a total of 36 hours. Thirty of these hours are in Spanish courses above 1 102. Required courses are as follows: SPAN 2 1 03 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs. SPAN 2 1 05 Intermediate Spanish II 3 hrs. SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I 3 hrs. SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs. SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civihzation 3 hrs. SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature 3 hrs. SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature 3 hrs. 169 SPAN electives in 3000 level Spanish course or above 6 hrs The remaining six hours of the major consists of two Latin American Studies electives. A minor in Spanish consists of 18 hours. Fifteen of these hours are in Spanish courses above Spanish 1 102. Required courses are as follows: SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs. SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish 11 3 hrs. SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs. SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 hrs SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 hrs. Plus: SPAN Spanish elective 3 hrs. (3000 level Spanish course or above) Course Descriptions (SPAN) SPAN 1101 Elementary Spanish I. (3) Fall 2001 and 2002. A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of grammar, and reading of simple prose. SPAN 1102 Elementary Spanish H. (3) Spring 2002 and 2003. A continuation of Spanish 1 101. Prerequisite : Spanish 1101. SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I. (3) FaU 2001 and 2002. A review of grammar and syntax with practice in reading selected texts. SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish n. (3) Spring 2002 and 2003. A continuation of Spanish 2103. Prerequisite: SPAN 2 1 03 or permission of instructor. SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3) An introductory course designed to introduce the intermediate level language student to reading and analyzing short Uterary works in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of the instructor. SPAN 2199 Latm American Seminar. (1-9) A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience through close contact with the contemporary life and civihzation of a selected Spanish-speaking country. Basic academic preparation in the history and customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure. Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1102, and SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies. SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition L (3) Fall 2001 A course stressing practice in speaking and writing Spanish. Not open to students fluent in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN 2105 or permission of instructor. 170 SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition 11. (3) Spring 2002 A continuation of Spanish 3000. Not open to students fluent in Spanish Prerequisite: SPAN 3000 or permission of instructor. SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization. (3) Spring 2002. This course provides an overview of Spain's and Latin America's cultures and civilizations. Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor. SPAN 3110 Special Topics. (3) The further development of Spanish language skills by focusing on a variety of professions or fields of study. Since the focus of this course changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor. SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature. (3) Fall 2001. An advanced course designed to introduce the student to Latin America's major hterary movements and writers. Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor. SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature. (3) Spring 2002. An advanced course designed to introduce the students to Spain's major literary movements and writers. Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor. SPAN 4002 Latin American Women Writers. (3) On demand. This course will introduce the smdent to major contemporary Latin American and Latina women writers. Writers and works to be studied will change periodically. Prerequisite: SPAN 4000 or SPAN 4001 or permission of instructor. Modern Languages I The program in Modem Language is administered by the department of Latin ! American Studies. Courses are taught in Spanish, French, German and other modem languages (under the LANG label). French (FREN) FREN 1101 Beginning French L (3) Fall 2001 and 2002. A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of ! grammar, and reading of simple prose. ; FREN 1102 Beginning French n. (3) Spring 2002 and 2003. A continuation of French 1101. ] Prerequisite: FREN 1101 or permission of instmctor. I FREN 2103 Intermediate French I. (3) Fall 2001 and 2002. A continuation of French 1 102 with additional readings. Prerequisite: FREN 1102 or permission of instmctor. 171 FREN2104 Intermediate French n. (3) Spring 2002 and 2003. A systematic and thorough review of French grammar with emphasis on the production of speech. Not open to students fluent in French. Prerequisite: FREN 2103 or permission of instructor FREN 2199 Francophone Travel Seminar. (1-9) A travel-study seminar composed of preliminary academic preparation followed by contact with the target culture through travel in the selected French-speaking country. Prerequisite: FREN 1101, FREN 1102, and FREN 2103 or permission of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies. German (GERM) FREN 1101 Beginning German 1. (3) Fall 2001 and 2002. A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of grammar, and reading of simple prose. FREN 1102 Beginning German n. (3) Spring 2002 and 2003. A continuation of German 1101. Prerequisite: GERM 1101 or permission of instructor. FREN 2103 Intermediate German I Continuation of the development of proficiency in Ustening and speaking, while expanding the reading and writing skills using materials of a hterary or cultural nature, grammar review included. Prerequisite: German 1102 FREN 2104 Intermediate German 11 A continuation of German 2103. Prerequisite: : German 2103 Other Languages and Culture (LANG)* LANG 1101 Beginning Language I. (3) On demand. A course for beginners with intensive practice in oral communications, pronunciation, essentials of grammar, and where possible, reading of simple prose. LANG 1102 Beginning Language n. (3) A continuation of Language 1101. Prerequisite: LANG 1101 or equivalent. LANG 1103 Beginning Language HI. (3) On demand. A continuation of Language 1 102 Prerequisite: LANG 1 102 or equivalent. 172 LANG 1199 Language Travel Seminar (1-9) On demand A travel-study seminar which provides further preparation in the target language and culture through travel in a country which speaks the language. Academic work is determined by the course instructor. Prerequisites: LANG 1101, LANG 1 102, and LANG 1 103 or consent of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies. LANG 2000 Culture and Civilization of a Selected Country. (3) A survey of the civihzation and culture of one of the major societies of the world. The course examines the culture's social and political development, its customs and traditions, and its contributions to the global community in terms of art, music and Uterature. (LAST 1 104 can fill this requirement.) LANG 2104 Intermediate Language. (3) On demand. An intensive review of the language grammar with emphasis on the production of speech. Not open to students fluent in the language. *Note: These courses are available so that a language other than French, German, or Spanish may be available from time-to-time. LIBRARY SCIENCE 4600. Advanced Library Research. (2) Spring A course designed to prepare students for hbrary research at the graduate level. Attention is given to the developing research strategies, identifying disciphne- appropriate sources, retrieving information efficiently, and applying sound I ethical practices to the research process. 173 MATHEMATICS j Introduction i The Mathematics curriculum at LaGrange College provides a solid undergraduate mathematics foundation. Along with the broad-based general education curriculum, the Mathematics department seeks to prepare mathematics majors for careers in industry or teaching, or for graduate study in mathematics. Objectives To be accepted as a major in the Mathematics Department, a student must have completed Mathematics 2221, have an overall GPA of 2.25 or better, and a GPA of 2.5 or better in all mathematics courses numbered 2221 or higher. Students can pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in mathematics or a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in mathematics. Students who pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree have more options in selecting their courses. This is the Uberal studies degree in mathematics. Students who complete the Bachelor of Arts degree usually seek careers in areas such as banking, general business, and secondary education. A more in-depth degree is earned by students in the Bachelor of Science program. Students who complete the Bachelor of Science degree usually enter graduate schools or pursue industrial positions. The Bachelor of Arts Degree This degree requires a minimum of 42 semester hours in mathematics courses, as follows: Math 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4) Math 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4) Math 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 111(4) Math 2224 Differential Equations (3) Math 3306 College Geometry (3) Math 3316 Probabihty Theory (3) Math 3335 Linear Algebra (3) Math 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)* OR Math 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)* Math 4333 Modem Algebra I (3)** OR Math 4343 Analysis I (3)** Math 4350 Problem Solving (3) * One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of the additional courses, listed below. ** One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of the additional courses, listed below. 174 I plus 3 additional courses, selected from Math 2261 Calculus Applications (3) Math 3305 Number Theory (3) Math 3317 Mathematical Statistics (3) Math 3340 History of Mathematics (3) Math 3342 Complex Variables (3) Math 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3) Math 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3) Math 4333 Modem Algebra I (3) Math 4334 Modem Algebra II (3) Math 4343 Analysis I (3) Math 4344 Analysis II (3) Math 4410 Numerical Analysis (3) OR CSC 4100 Numerical Analysis (3) Math 4495 Independent Study (3) Math 4496 Independent Study (3) Math 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics (3) A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by advisor. Bachelor of Science Degree This degree requires a minimum of 48 semester hours in mathematics courses, as follows: Math 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4) Math 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4) Math 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) Math 2224 Differential Equations (3) Math 3316 Probabihty Theory (3) Math 3317 Mathematical Statistics (3) Math 3335 Linear Algebra (3) Math 3342 Complex Variables (3) Math 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)* OR Math 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)* Math 4333 Modem Algebra I (3) Math 4343 Analysis I (3) Math 4350 Problem Solving (3) * One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of the additional courses, listed below. plus 3 additional courses, selected from Math 2261 Calculus Applications (3) Math 3305 Number Theory (3) Math 3306 College Geometry (3) Math 3340 History of Mathematics (3) Math 4334 Modem Algebra U (3) Math 4344 Analysis II (3) Math 4410 Numerical Analysis (3) ORCSa4100 Numerical Analysis (3) Math 4495 Independent Study (3) Math 4496 Independent Study (3) Math 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics (3) A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by advisor. Physics 1121 and 1122 are recommended. Assessment Assessment of the objectives of the mathematics program is based on the following: Mathematics majors will complete each major course with a grade of C or better. Students who have earned a grade of A or B in MATH 4350 taking one of the following exams: 1) Praxis n 2) GRE Subject Test in Mathematics 3) an Acmarial Science Examination administered by either the Society of Actuaries (SOA) or the Casualty Actuarial Society (CAS). will earn a satisfactory score on the exam in no more than two attempts, provided that the exams are taken within six months of completing MATH 4350 A survey will be sent to recent graduates of the program during the fall term of each year. The results of these surveys wiU be considered and may result in changes to improve the program. 176 Minor A minor in mathematics consists of the following courses: MATH 2221, plus five additional courses selected from MATH 2222, 2223, 2224, 2261, 3305, 3306, 3316, 3317, 3335, 3342, 3380, 4333, 3382, 4333, 4334, 4343, 4344, 4350, 4410, 4495, 4496, and 4499. At least two of the six courses must be at the 3000 or 4000 level. Course Descriptions (MATH) MATH 0100 Basic Mathematics. (3) Fall, Spring An overview of basic skills in mathematics, including ratio and proportion, percent, use of fractions and decimals, systems of measurement and linear equations. MATH 1101 CoUege Algebra. (3) FaU, Spring A study of sets, real numbers, operations, order, inequahties, polynomial factoring, functions, graphs, exponents, first- and second-degree equations, and systems of equations. Prerequisite: MATH 0100 or satisfactory score on mathematics placement test. MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics. (3) Fall, Spring An introduction to probabiUty and statistics. Topics include descriptive statistics, probabiUty, the Normal probabiUty distribution, and hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or 2105 or 2221. MATH 1117 Quantitative Methods. (3) Spring A study of finite mathematical models with an emphasis on the quantitative skills required to solve appUcations related to business. Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or 2105 or 2221. MATH 1121 A Survey of Calculus. (3) Spring An intuitive introduction, using technology, to the concepts and appUcations of calculus. Topics include functions and graphing, tangents to a curve, differentiation and integration, maxima, minima, and area under a curve. Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or 2105 or satisfactory score on mathematics placement test. Note: Not open to students who have credit for MATH 2221. MATH 2105 Precalculus. (4) FaU, Spring. A study of calculus-oriented algebra and trigonometry. Topics include simpUfying algebraic expressions, solving equations, exponential and logarithmic functions, appUcations of functions, graphs, and the trigonometric functions. Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or satisfactory score on mathematics placement test. 177 MATH 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. (4) FaU, Spring. An introduction to differential and integral calculus. Topics include limits, differentiation and applications, integration and applications, and exponential and logarithmic functions. Prerequisite: MATH 2105 or 1121 (and permission of instructor) or satisfactory score on mathematics placement test. MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus H. (4) Fall, Spring. A continuation of Math 2221 . Topics include the calculus of the trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, the conic sections, and techniques of integration. Prerequisite: MATH 2221. MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus HI. (4) Fall, Spring. A continuation of the study of the calculus. Topics include sequences and series, parametric equations, polar coordinates, functions of two or more variables, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and vector analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 2222. MATH 2224 Differential Equations. (3) Spring. A study of first and second order differential equations with appUcations, numerical methods, and solution in series. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: MATH 2223. MATH 2261 Calculus Applications. (3) On demand A study of apphcations which can be solved using calculus. The course will utiUze technology, in the form of graphing calculators, a software package (such as Mathematica or Maple), or both. Prerequisite: MATH 2222. MATH 3001 Mathematical Applications for Teachers. (3) Fall A study of appUcations in Mathematics. Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher. Note: Open only to Elementary and Middle Grades Education Majors. MATH 3002 Geometry for Teachers. (3) Spring A study of conditional statements, angles, congruent figures, parallel Unes, similar figures, transformations, trigonometric ratios, and two- and three- dimensional figures. Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher. Note: Open only to Middle Grades Education Majors. MATH 3003 History of Mathematics for Teachers. (3) Spring An historical development of mathematical concepts. Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher. Note: Open only to Elementary and Middle Grades Education Majors. 178 MATH 3004 Probability and Statistics for Teachers (3) A study of basic probability and statistics and its applications with an emphasis on the skills required to organize and analyze data as it relates to the education field. MATH 3305 Number Theory. (3) On demand An introduction to number theory. Prerequisite: MATH 2221. MATH 3306 CoUege Geometry. (3) Spring, 2001. A study of the concepts of plane Euclidean geometry, with an introduction to coordinate geometry and non-Euchdean geometries. Prerequisite: MATH 2221. MATH 3316 Probability Theory. (3) Spring. An introduction to probability. Topics include random variables, discrete and continuous distributions, the Poisson process, expectation and conditional expectation, and problem solving. Prerequisite: MATH 2222. MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics. (3) Fall, 2001. An introduction to the mathematical theory of statistics. Topics include estimation and maximum Ukelihood estimates, sampling distributions, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: MATH 3316. MATH 3335 Lmear Algebra. (3) Spring. An introduction to hnear algebra and matrix theory. Prerequisite: MATH 1121 or 2221. MATH 3340 History of Mathematics. (3) Spring. An historical development of mathematical concepts. Prerequisite: MATH 2221 or permission of instructor. MATH 3342 Complex Variables. (3) Spring, even years. An introduction to complex variables. Prerequisite: MATH 2222. MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics. (3) Fall, even years. An introduction to discrete mathematics. Topics include set theory, combinatorics, recurrence relations, linear programming, and graph theory. Prerequisite: MATH 222 1 . MATH 3382 Combmatorial Design Theory. (3) Fall, odd years. A study of techniques used for constructing combinatorial designs. Basic designs include triple systems, Latin squares, and affine and projective planes. Prerequisite: MATH 2221. MATH 4333 Modem Algebra I. (3) Fall, odd years. An introduction to modem abstract algebra. Prerequisite: MATH 2222. 179 MATH 4334 Modern Algebra H. (3) On demand I A continuation of Modem Algebra I. Prerequisite: MATH 4333. MATH 4343 Analysis I. (3) FaU, 2000 An introduction to Analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 2223. MATH 4344 Analysis H. (3) On demand A continuation of Analysis I. Prerequisite: MATH 4343. MATH 4350 Problem Solving. (3) Fall. A study of problem solving techniques selected from the spectrum of Mathematics course work required to complete a mathematics major at LaGrange College. Topics come from a variety of areas, including algebra, trigonometry, geometry, calculus, discrete mathematics, probabiUty and statistics, and mathematical reasoning and modeUng. Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor. MATH 4410 Numerical Methods. (3) On demand An introduction to numerical analysis with computer solutions. Topics include Taylor series, finite difference, calculus, roots of equations, solutions of linear systems of equations, and least-squares. Prerequisite: MATH 2222 and CSCI 1990. MATH 4495 Independent Study in Mathematics L (Variable) On demand This course allows students to pursue a special problem or topic beyond those encountered in any formal course. Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be determined by the instructor, based on the material to be studied. MATH 4496 Independent Study in Mathematics E. (Variable) On demand This course allows students to pursue a second special problem or topic beyond those encountered in any formal course. Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outUned in the LaGrange College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be determined by the instructor, based on the material to be studied. MATH 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics. (Variable) On demand A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a speciaUzed topic from the field of mathematics. A prerequisite may be required. 180 MUSIC Introduction The Department of Music is committed to developing skilled and technologically astute musicians within a challenging learning environment that encourages creativity, scholarship, and musical excellence. We offer three programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Music degree: Creative Music Technologies, Performance (Voice, Piano, Organ, Guitar, Percussion), and Church Music. Objectives To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and skills required to obtain successful careers in music. To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and skills required for admission into graduate study in music. To provide classes, ensembles, and private music instruction for non-music majors. To provide culturally enriching experiences for the college and community that heighten aesthetic awareness and appreciation of the musical arts. Facilities and Resources The Department of Music is located on the Callaway Campus and is housed in the Callaway Educational Building. Our facihties include music faculty studios/offices, Callaway Hall, instructional and rehearsal space, student practice rooms, an electronic keyboard laboratory, and two recording studios. Studio A has a Tascam TMD 4000 digital console, Genelec monitors, Akia S6000 sampler, synths, and outboard gear. The Robert Moog Studio - open for students 24 hours a day during each term - has a TAC Scorpion console, Tascam DA-38, Panasonic 3700 DAT machine, Isolation Booth, several synths, and outboard gear. Both studios are Mac based and use MOTU Digital Performer and associated plug-ins. Music Minor To obtain a minor in Music, students must complete the following courses: MUSI 1 101 and 1 102 (Music Theory I & H), MUSI 1103 (Piano I), MUSI 3301 or 3302 (Music History I or H), and six hours of music electives for a total of 19 semester hours. 181 General Information for Music Majors Acceptance into the Department of Music is granted by a music faculty committee to those students who have submitted an application and completed an audition/interview. Please inquire about audition dates, usually held in early March. Incoming students who have not auditioned or interviewed before the committee prior to the beginning of the fall semester should contact the Chair of the Department before enrolUng in music courses. Admission of all new music students to the Department of Music, freshmen and transfers, is provisional in nature and will be evaluated at the end of the first year of study (see Entry Requirements for Music Majors below). The Bachelor of Music degree is designed for students who are preparing for professional careers in music. The curricula leading to this degree are based on a philosophy that recognizes the need for rigorous study in all aspects of music, complemented by supporting studies in the hberal arts. Each program of study requires a heavy concentration of music courses/experiences, and many courses are sequential. Therefore, potential music majors are strongly encouraged to begin taking music courses in their freshman year. The Chair of the Department of Music can provide you with advisement and a four-year suggested course guideUne. The Music Department provides incoming students with a Music Majors Handbook containing departmental pohcies and further details about requirements for music majors. Music Scholarships A limited number of talent based scholarships are available for incoming ft-eshmen as well as transfer students. Audition dates for scholarship are held annually in the spring. Please visit our website for audition dates and requirements. In addition to departmental awards, several special scholarships have been designated by friends of LaGrange College, including the Felicia Maddox Scholarship, the Pauline Witherspoon Hutchinson Scholarship, the Mattox/ Zachry Scholarship, the Herbert Cox Scholarship and the Greenville United Methodist Church Scholarship. Ensembles The LaGrange College Singers is a select group of singers chosen by audition. This ensemble represents the college and Department of Music in pubhc performances throughout the academic year, both locally and abroad. The guitar ensemble is open to talented guitarists by audition only. Interested students may audition at the beginning of each semester. 182 Entry Requirements for Music Majors In addition to fulfilling the general requirements for admission to LaGrange College, students desiring to major in music must complete the following: Audition/interview before the music faculty prior to enrolling in music courses. Take the Music Theory Placement Exam. The results of this exam will be used to determine the appropriate level of music theory instruction. At the end of the first year of study, a music faculty committee will evaluate each student's progress in the department and determine whether or not to accept the student into full standing as a music major. Exit Requirements for Music Majors Students must receive a grade of "C" or better in all music courses. All music majors must take the Theory Competency Exam upon completion of MUSI 2202 and correctly answer at least 80% of the questions. A detailed description of this exam is included in the Music Majors Handbook. All music majors must take the Piano Proficiency Exam demonstrating keyboard skill, receiving a "Pass" on at least four of the five of the criteria. A detailed description of this exam is included in the Music Majors Handbook. All music majors must present a pubUc recital feamring their talent. Recital requirements vary between the different programs of study. Consult the Music Majors Handbook for specific guidehnes. All music majors must attend at least 80% of departmentally sponsored concerts and events each semester of study. All music majors must participate in the premier of at least one new work. Performance majors must perform at least one chamber work. Bachelor of Music in Creative Music Technologies This program of study prepares the student for an entry-level position in the music industry or continued study at the graduate level. Students of this program typically come from backgrounds that include performance, song writing, composition, electronic and/or computer music. The course work prepares students for a wide variety of activities, such as film/video scoring, multimedia, electroacoustic concert and studio appHcations, music printing, editing and postproduction projects, SMPTE synchronization, and MIDI applications of every sort. 183 Internships allow students to tailor their academic work to their specific career goals and gain valuable experience with industry professionals. Students are expected to provide their own transportation to and from the internship site. Credit hours vary according to the level of internship experience (please consult the Internship Handbook for specific details). Students desiring to pursue careers in the music industry are strongly encouraged to enroll for as many internship hours and experiences as possible. While CMT majors are only required to take three semesters of applied lessons, students are strongly encouraged to enroll for applied lessons each semester of study. In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the following: MUSI 1101, 1102, 2201,2202 Theory I - IV 16 hours MUSI 1103, 1104, 2203 Piano Class 1,2, 3 3 hours MUSI 1105, 1106,2205 Apphed Lessons 3 hours MUSI 1107, 1108 or Ensemble 3 hours MUSI 2209 Business of Music IndusUy 3 hours MUSI 2210 Arranging 2 hours MUSI 2211 Art and Popular Song 2 hours MUSI 3301, 3302 Music History I and II 6 hours MUSI 3310 Orchestration 2 hours MUSI 3352 Jazz Theory & Popular Practice 1 hour MUSI 3366 Conducting 2 hours MUSI 3369, 3370 Music Technology I and II 6 hours MUSI 4484 Senior Recital 1 hour MUSI 3390 Audio Engineering 3 hours MUSI 4409, 4410 Composition I and II 4 hours MUSI 4412 Film Music 2 hours MUSI 4470* Internship 4-6 hours Common Core Program Requirements: 48 Music Hours: 60-62 Electives: 6 Total: 114-116 hours ^Internships may be taken for a maximum credit of 6 hours and may be repeated for credit. 184 Bachelor of Music in Performance (Voice, Piano, Organ, Guitar, Percussion) This program of study is designed for students seeking careers as professional classical performers and/or studio teachers. Students admitted to this program of study must possess exceptional talent in their principal applied area, and instrumental and keyboard majors must demonstrate previous training. The curriculum couples rigorous scholarship with numerous performance opportunities, thus adequately preparing students for graduate study in performance. In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, smdents complete the following: MUSI 1101, 1102, 2201, 2202 Theory I-IV 16 hours MUSI 1103*, 1104*, 2203* Piano Class 1,2, 3 3 hours MUSI 1105, 1106 Apphed Lessons 8 hours MUSI 1107, 1108 Ensemble 8 hours MUSI 3301, 3302 Music History I and II 6 hours MUSI 3339** (or music elective) Diction for Singers 2 hours MUSI 3366 Conducting 2 hours MUSI 3384, 4484 Junior and Senior Recital 2 hours MUSI 4480 or Opera Workshop , MUSI 4460 Production Project 3 hours MUSI Music Elective 2 hours Conmion Core Program Requirements: 48 Music Hours: 53 General Electives: 12 Total: 113 hours *Piano and organ majors are not required to take MUSI 1103, 1104 or 2203, but take an additional 3 hours of music electives. ^'^Voice, Piano and Organ majors are required to take MUSI 3339; Guitar and Percussion majors may choose to replace this course with another two- hour music course. Bachelor of Music in Church Music Through a broad interdenominational curriculum, the degree in Church Music prepares future leaders for music ministry in the church. The course of study affirms both the rich heritage of the sacred musical tradition and contemporary worship styles practiced in many churches today. This degree is also appropriate for those students pursuing graduate study in church music at the seminary/graduate school level. 185 The required internships provide an opportunity for students to practice their craft in a real-world environment. Students are expected to provide their own transportation to and from the internship site. Because the internship experience offers valuable interaction with professionals and spiritual mentoring, students are encouraged to enroll for as many internship credit hours as their schedule permits. An internship may be taken for a maximum credit of 6 hours and may be repeated. Also note that RLGN 1 102, Jewish Origins in Context, may be taken to fulfill both the Common Core rehgion elective requirement and a Department of Music requirement. In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the following: MUSH 101, 1102, 2201,2202 Theory I - IV 16 hours MUSI 1105,1106 Apphed Lessons 8 hours MUSI 1107, 1108 Ensemble 8 hours MUSI 1103, 1104, 2203 Piano Class 1,2,3 3 hours MUSI 3366 Conducting 2 hours MUSI 3301, 3302 Music History I and 11 6 hours MUSI 3331 Christian Hymnody 3 hours MUSI 4470 Internship *4+ hours MUSI 4484 Senior Recital 1 hour RLGN 3510 Christian Educ. in the Local Church 3 hours RLGN 3520 Christian Worship 3 hours RLGN 1102 Jewish Origins in Context 3 hours RLGN 1103 New Testament Writings in Context 3 hours Common Core Program Requirements: 48 Music Hours: 51 Rehgion Hours: 9 (excluding RLGN 1102) General Electives: 6 Total: 114 hours Note: Internship may be taken for a maximum credit of 6 hours and may be repeated for credit. Course Descriptions (MUSI) MUSI 1100 Music Fundamentals (3) * Fall and Spring Designed to provide basic skills in elementary music theory, such as scale patterns, key signatures, the staff, the seven clefs, rhythm, meter, intervals, music terminology, etc. MUSI 1101 Theory I (4) * Fall Basics of music theory, including scales, key signatures, intervals, triads, beginning harmony and voice leading, harmonizing melodies, reaUzing figured bass, analysis, ear-training and sight-singing. Lab required. Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam. 186 MUSI 1102 Theory n (4) Spring Continuation of Theory I, including all diatonic triads and the dominant fifth chord. Lab required. Prerequisite: MUSI 1101. MUSI 1103 Piano 1 (1) Spring Beginning instruction in piano for students with no previous keyboard training. Development of basic readings skills. MUSI 1104 Piano 2 (1) Fall Continuation of Piano 1 with additional emphasis on sight-reading. Prerequisite: MUSI 1 103 or permission of Chair. MUSI 1105-1106 Applied Lessons (1) Fall, Spring Individual instruction in the student's choice of instrument or voice to develop technical proficiency, repertoire knowledge, and performance skills. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Audition. Section A - Voice Section B - Piano Section C - Organ Section D - Guitar Section E - Percussion MUSI 1107-1108 Ensemble (1) Fall, Spring Performance organization's) providing ensemble experience. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Audition. MUSI 1112 Music Survey. (3) * Fall, Spring A broad survey of music from the Western classical tradition aimed at developing aesthetic awareness and critical analysis of music from diverse styles and genres. MUSI 2201 Theory m. (4) Fall Seventh chords, chromatic harmony, modulation, ninth chords, analysis, part- writing, and score reading skills. Lab required. Prerequisite: MUSI 1102. MUSI 2202 Theory IV. (4) Spring Two-part counterpoint, including 18 century style and species counterpoint; compositional forms and devices of 20^^ century music. Lab required. Prerequisite: MUSI 2201. MUSI 2203 Piano Class 3. (1) Spring Continuation of MUSI 1 104 with emphasis on transposition and chord accompaniment. Upon completion of this course, the student should be prepared for the Piano Proficiency Exam. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: MUSI 1 104. 187 MUSI 2209 Business of Music Industry. (3) * The study of basic issues pertaining to the music industry: music copyrights, music synchronization, musical mechanical licensing, standard music contracts, royalties, artists' advances and contracts, buyouts. Introduction to the major hcensing organizations, i.e., ASCAP, BMI, SESAC, and the National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences, the professional society of musicians. MUSI 2210 Arranging. (2) Fall The introduction to the technique of arranging existing music for different or unique ensembles. Arrangements wiU be done within given styles and will emphasize specific performance skill levels and accessibihty. Prerequisite: MUSI 1102. MUSI 2211 Art and Popular Song. (2) Spring This course focuses on writing for the voice. Projects will include contemporary practices as well as art song techniques. Prerequisite: MUSI 1102. MUSI 3301 Music History I. (3) Fall The study of the western classical tradition, from earhest antiquity through Bach. Emphasis on musical analysis and criticism. Prerequisite: MUSI 2202. MUSI 3302 Music History n. (3) Spring Music of the Classical, Romantic, and Modem eras, including the music of African Americans. Course will emphasize historical analysis and criticism, aural identification, and research. Prerequisite: MUSI 2202. MUSI 3310 Orchestration. (2) Fall Techniques of scoring for string, brass, woodwind, percussion instruments and MIDI instruments. Prerequisite: MUSI 2202. MUSI 3331 Christian Hymnody. (3) January Term A survey of Christian hymnody in the Enghsh-speaking world from its roots in the early Christian Church to present day practices in worship. The study of selected hymns and hymn writers associated with a number of different Christian traditions wiU be included. MUSI 3339 Diction for Singers. (2) FaU Trains students in the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet to phoneticize English and foreign language art songs. Practice in transcribing Enghsh, ItaUan, French, and German art songs and applying the rules of correct pronunciation. 188 MUSI 3352 Jazz Theory and Popular Practice. (1) Fall Theoretical foundations of the Jazz tradition, and consideration of related contemporary style; blues, fusion, rock, gospel, and current popular idioms. Aural skills emphasized, with keyboard harmony studies oriented to realizing technical comprehension of the material. Prerequisite: MUSI 2202. MUSI 3366 Conducting. (2) Fall Conducting techniques, score reading, rehearsal techniques for choral and/or instrumental ensembles. Prerequisite: MUSI 2202. MUSI 3369 Music Technology I. (3) Fall Basic studio techniques, music sequencing, music printing, synthesizers, studio operation. MUSI 3370 Music Technology H. (3) Spring Creative work in the electronic music domain with an emphasis on music to picture, interdiscipUnary music techniques, and current and experimental styles. Prerequisite: MUSI 3369. MUSI 3384 Junior Recital. (1) Fall and Spring A 30-minute pubUc performance of the student's creative work and/or talent to be given during the junior year. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing. MUSI 3390 Audio Engineering. (3) January Term Complete training in digital and analog audio engineering. Recording console operation, microphone placement and usage, mixing, tape based and hard disc recording, mastering, CD burning and troubleshooting. Students should reach an appropriate level of audio engineering skills that would be considered entry level professional. MUSI 4409. Composition I. (2) Fall Upper-level composition for CMT majors. A projects course. Prerequisite: MUSI 2202. MUSI 4410. Composition H. (2) Spring Continuation of MUSI 4409. A projects course. Prerequisite: MUSI 4409. MUSI 4412. Fibn Music. (2) Spring A research course designed to deal with the musical esthetic and compositional concerns of the film music world. MUSI 4460 Production Project (3) January Term A special projects course with hands-on participation and teamwork required. Each project is unique; specific content will be pubUcized in the semester preceding the course offering. 189 MUSI 4470 Internship. (1-6) Fall, January, Spring A supervised, practical "real world" experience in a professional off-campus environment in one of the following areas: Recording Studio, Broadcast Facility, Post-Production House, Publishing Company, Independent Commercial Composer, Film Studio, Advertising Agency, Church Music Program, Performing Arts Company, Interactive Technologies, Video Production FaciUty, or other approved internship opportunity. MUSI 4480 Opera Workshop. (3) January Term Staged and directed performances of complete compositions and/or excerpts from operatic hterature of several styles and periods. Prerequisite: Audition. MUSI 4484 Senior Recital. (1) Fall, Spring A one-hour pubhc performance of the student's creative work and/or talent to be given during the senior year. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing. MUSI 4486 Special Topics. (3) Fall or Spring, alternate years Class instruction for musical topics of a highly speciaHzed nature. The content of this course will change based upon the expertise of the instructor and the needs of the students. * Denotes courses in Music that may satisfy Fine Arts requirement in Core Curriculum. 190 NURSING Introduction The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) curriculum consists of two plans of study. The basic program prepares graduates for entry into professional nursing practice and confers ehgibility for initial Ucensure as a registered professional nurse (RN). A degree-completion option is designed for licensed RNs who wish to earn the BSN degree. The curriculum provides professional nursing education within a heritage of Christian faith and Uberal arts learning. The nursing major, grounded in an ethic of caring, encourages independent thought, appreciation for the discovery of excellence, and commitment to supporting the health of individuals and society. BSN studies establish a sound foundation for professional nursing practice, graduate smdy, and continuing progress toward personal and professional goals. Faculty and students serve as resources for the College and community in nursing education, service, and research. Opportunities for collaborative study with students of other majors and cUnical experience with varied health care providers emphasize the interdiscipUnary nature of nursing practice. As professional nurses, graduates will be able to assist individuals, groups, and communities in meeting health care goals. The BSN program is fully approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission. Objectives Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program will be able to: Practice nursing from a knowledge and research base utiUzing skills of critical thinking, and communication, with the ability to expand knowledge and skills through hfelong learning. Engage in nursing practice based in a value system consistent with professional standards of nursing and the philosophy of the nursing program, characterized by caring and valuing of self and others. Participate in transitions of health recognizing the opportunities and Umitations imposed by historical, sociocultural, spiritual, legal, ethical, pohtical, economic, and environmental contexts. Assume the role of professional nurse, accountable as provider of care, manager, collaborator, educator, learner, and resource for individuals, famihes, groups, and communities in promoting and restoring health and well-being. 191 Admission to the BSN Program i Students may declare the intent to pursue a nursing major at any time. However, application for admission to the upper-division program is made during the sophomore year. Nursing studies begin at the junior level with the I exception of Nutrition (NURS 3305) which may be completed prior to admission to the nursing program. Admission requirements are as follows: A completed Apphcation for Admission to Nursing. An appUcation form is available from the College Admissions office and in the office of the Division of Nursing. f Completion of a sufficient number of credits in Common Core and other required courses to permit an uninterrupted progression in the nursing major. A grade of C or higher is required in anatomy, physiology, microbiology, and EngUsh composition courses. Should a student earn less than a C more than once in these courses, the students will be ineUgible to enter the nursing program. A hmit of five years appUes to completion of anatomy, physiology, and microbiology courses. A cumulative overall GPA of 2.5 or higher at the time of entry into the nursing program, including all courses completed or attempted at any institution. A student whose GPA does not meet this requirement will be considered on an individual basis. An interview with a member of the nursing faculty may be required. An appHcant may request an interview if desired. An applicant who has completed any program of study leading to Ucensed employment in the health care area (such as registered or practical nursing, emergency medical technician) must present the Hcense in person. Unhcensed students enrolled in the nursing program may not be employed by any health care agency in the capacity of Ucensed nursing personnel. They shall not represent themselves in any practice setting as nursing students unless engaged in planned programmatic learning activities which are part of the nursing curriculum. Admission to the BSN Completion Option The BSN Completion Option is open to Registered Nurses who have graduated from an Associate Degree or Diploma program in Nursing and who hold a vaMd Ucense to practice as a Registered Nurse. Current Georgia RN licensure is required prior to entering a clinical nursing course. 192 In addition to RN licensure, the general admission requirements above apply to RN applicants, with the following exceptions: RN students who enter the nursing sequence on a full-time basis must have completed all Conmion Core requirements and all required non- nursing courses through the junior level. No time hmit applies to the completion of anatomy, physiology, or microbiology courses. Twenty-four (24) previously earned Associate or Diploma nursing semester credits may be accepted toward the BSN degree, subject to the terms of the Georgia RN-BSN Articulation Agreement (the complete Agreement is available in the office of the Division of Nursing). These 24 semester credit hours represent previously completed nursing courses in Adult Health, Child Health, Maternal Health, and Mental Health and are not intended to equal the acmal number of previously earned nursing credits. Normally, no more than 24 hours of Associate Degree or Diploma nursing course credits may be apphed toward fulfilUng any requirement's) of the BSN degree. Twenty-three (23) additional nursing course credits must be earned at the upper division level (3000 and 4000 courses). Up to 7 of these credits may be earned through challenge examinations on a one- attempt basis. A minimum of one year of nursing practice experience within the past three years is required for eligibihty for challenge examinations. Matriculation Requirements An accepted student must possess a level of physical and emotional health sufficient to enable him/her to meet nursing program requirements and the standards of professional nursing practice. Prior to beginning the first cHnical nursing course, a medical examination is required which documents the student's level of health and immunization or immune status. Professional Uabihty insurance (purchased on a group basis through the College) and basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) certification is required prior to beginning the first nursing course and must be continued throughout all cUnical nursing courses. Curriculum Nursing courses are offered in a 4-1-4-semester sequence during the junior and senior years of study. The total BSN curriculum can be completed in four academic years (8 semesters) and includes 48 credit hours in the Common Core, 25 credit hours in other required and elective courses, and 47 credit 193 hours in nursing courses. Included in these hours are three elective interim courses which compose 9 hours of required interim hours. Selected courses required for the BSN degree may fulfill certain Common Core Requirements; these and other required non-nursing courses are: BIOL 1148 and BIOL 1149 MATH 1101 CORE 1110 PSYCllOl PSYC 3302 ENGL 1101, 1102 BIOL 2320 MGMT 3371 RLGN2310 Human Anatomy and Physiology* College Algebra* Quantitative Reasoning Introduction to Psychology* Human Growth and Development* Rhetoric and Composition* Microbiology * One directed course Bioethics *These courses are prerequisite to entering the nursing courses. Nursing courses completed by beginning (non-RN) students are: Junior Year Nutrition and Health* (may be completed in advance) Health Promotion I, Aging FaU: NURS 3305 NURS3310 NURS 3311 NURS 3312 Health Assessment Seminar: Transitions Spring: NURS 3330 NURS 3331 NURS 3350 FaU: NURS 4400 NURS 4430 NURS 4431 Spring: NURS 4432 NURS 4440 NURS 4450 NURS 4451 Health Promotion 11, Mother, Child, Family Pharmacology* Health Restoration I, Life Span Senior Year Health Restoration II, Psych/Mental Health Health Restoration III, Complex Problems Research in Nursing * Nursing Senior Capstone* Concepts in Health Promotion EI: A Community Focus* Role Transition: A CHnical Praticum Leadership in Nursing* Nursing courses designated above by an asterisk are required of RN students enrolled in the BSN-completion option. RN students also complete two RN- only courses. Junior Level NURS 33 1 3 RN Seminar, Transitions (Fall) Senior Level NURS 4460 RN Practicum (Spring) 194 f Information regarding the program length and costs is provided to the National League for Nursing Accrediting Conmiission and is available from that organization at 61 Broadway - 33''^ Floor, NY 10006, 800-669-1656 Ext. 153. Progression 1 . A grade of C (75%) of higher is required for successful completion of all nursing courses. Course syllabi detail requirements for achieving a passing grade of C or better. A grade of D, F, or WF is a faiUng grade. 2. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 must be maintained throughout the period of enrollment in nursing courses. A nursing major whose GPA falls below 2.0 will be placed on departmental probation and has one semester in which to raise the GPA to 2.0 or higher. Failure to achieve a 2.0 in one semester will result in withdrawal from the nursing program. A 2.0 GPA is required for entrance into senior level courses. I 3. A student may repeat a failed chnical nursing course only once. If a second faiUng grade is earned in any cUnical nursing course, the student will not be eUgible to continue in the nursing program. A 2.0 GPA is required for entrance into senior level courses. 4. All Common Core and other required non-nursing courses, with the exception of Bioethics and an interim elective must be completed prior to beginning the senior level nursing courses. 5. A smdent who for any reason is not enrolled in a clinical nursing course for a period of more than twelve (12) months must apply for readmission and meet all standards for continuation in the nursing program. Readmission is subject to available clinical space. Progression in BSN Completion Option In addition to the guideUnes above, the following pohcies apply to progression in the BSN Completion Option: 1 . A vaUd Georgia RN Ucense must be maintained throughout enrollment in chnical nursing courses. 2. All previously earned ADN or Diploma nursing credits will be placed in escrow when the RN student enters the nursing program. Upon satisfactory completion of 6 credit hours of BSN nursing courses, the escrowed credits will be transferred to the student's permanent academic record. Should the RN student not be successful in the initial 6 hours of nursing course's), the previously earned nursing credits will not be appUed toward the BSN degree. 195 Assessment in the Major NLN (National League for Nursing) achievement tests are administered at intervals throughout the nursing program. These tests are included within specific nursing courses. During the final semester of nursing studies, all students will complete a comprehensive assessment of learning in the major: Non-RN students will complete a standardized comprehensive examination in nursing. RN students will complete an essay-type examination. A description of these assessment processes will be provided to students during the first semester nursing studies. Course Descriptions (NURS) Course credit hours and corresponding clock hours are shown in parentheses. One class clock hour/week equals one credit hour; three laboratory or practice clock hours/week equal one credit hour. NURS 3305 Nutrition and Health (1) Fall An introduction to nutrition concepts and current dietary trends, focusing on health promotion. Nutrients are explored with regard to sources, dietary requirements, and health impUcations. Student interests are incorporated. Prerequisite: None. NURS 3310 Concepts in Health Promotion I: Focus on Aging. (2 hrs. class 6 hrs. lah/clinical per week) (4) Fall A foundation course to introduce and develop concepts, practices and processes of health promotion in professional nursing, emphasizing the needs of the elderly. The skills of communication, problem solving, and critical analysis in nursing are included. Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program. Co-requisite: NURS 3311, NURS 3312 NURS 3311 Health Assessment Across the Life-span. (2 hr. class, 3 hrs. lab per week) (3) Fall A study of the health assessment process appUed to persons of all ages, with emphasis on building knowledge and skill in data acquisition, organization, and interpretation. Prerequisite: RN status or Co-requisite: NURS 3310. NURS 3312 Transitions: A beginning Nursing Seminar. (2) Fall An introduction to professional nursing practice and the varied roles of the nurse in multiple practice settings. The significance of research in nursing practice and inquiry as a means of defining the nursing role is included. Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program. 196 NURS3313 Transitions: A Seminar for Registered Nurses. (2) Fall A study of varied perspectives and conceptual bases of the professional nursing role. The research process and research significance in nursing practice is introduced. Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program, RN status. NURS 3330 Concepts in Health Promotion 11, Mother, Child, Family. (4 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (6) Spring A study of nursing care of mother, child, and family, including selected women's health care issues. The nursing role in health promotion is emphasized, with examination of physical, developmental, and psychosocial challenges to health. Prerequisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 3311, NURS 3312 NURS 3331 Pharmacology in Nursing. (2 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab per week) (3) FaU Pharmacologic concepts and skill essential for nursing practice, including the basic science of drugs, determination of dosage, and medication administration techniques. Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program or RN status. NURS 3350 Concepts in Health Restoration I: A Life-span Focus. (2 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Spring The foundation course in nursing care of individuals and families who are experiencing challenges to health, emphasizing understanding and skill in health restoration. Prerequisites: NURS 3310, NURS 3311, NURS 3312 NURS 4400 Concepts m Health Restoration H: A Psych/Mental Health Focus. (2 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (3) Fall A course directed toward the knowledge and skills necessary to the practice of community health nursing. Emphasis is placed on the promotion and protection of the health of individuals and groups within the context of conmiunity. Prerequisites: NURS 3330, NURS 3350 NURS 4430 Concepts m Health Restoration HI: Complex Problems Across the Life-span. (3 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (S) Fall A study of advanced nursing care relevant to acutely ill patients with complex health problems. Learning experiences emphasize collaboration and critical analysis necessary in providing and coordinating care. Prerequisites: NURS 3330, NURS 3350 NURS 4431 Research in Nursmg. (3) Fall A course designed to assist students in developing a sense of inquiry, including research designs, samphng strategies, data analysis methods, and the use of research in chnical nursing practice. Prerequisites: NURS 3312 or NURS 3313 197 NURS 4432 Nursing Senior Capstone. (3) Spring A seminar to assist students in synthesizing learning related to the roles and practices of professional nurses, exploring the health care system and the legal- ethical, sociopolitical, cultural, and professional issues influencing contemporary nursing. Prerequisites: NURS 4400, NURS 4430, NURS 4431 Co requisite: NURS 4450, NURS 4460 NURS 4440 Concepts in Health Promotion HI: A Community Focus. (2 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (3) Spring A course directed toward the knowledge and skills necessary to the practice of community health nursing. Emphasis is placed on the promotion and protection of the health of individuals and groups within the context of community. A research project is completed focusing on a problem or issue in community health. Prerequisites: NURS 4400, NURS 4430, NURS 4431 NURS 4450 Role Transition: A Clinical Practicum. (2 hrs. class per week, 180 total hours clinical practice) (6) Spring A course to faciUtate the transition to professional practice. Leadership and management roles assumed in chnical practice and increasing autonomy in patient care are guided through preceptorial experiences. Prerequisites: NURS 4440, NURS 4430, NURS 4431, NURS 4432 NURS 4451 Leadership in Nursing. (1) Spring A study of the principles of leadership appUcable in professional nursing practice, building upon prior courses in nursing, management, and the liberal arts and emphasizing the student's personal goals. Prerequisites: MGMT 3371, NURS 4430, NURS 4400, NURS 4431, NURS 4432 NURS 4460 Practicum for Registered Nurses. (2 hrs. class per week, 80 total hours clinical practice) (4) Spring A cUnical practicum to facihtate RN transition to professional practice. Prerequisites: Ail nursing courses except Co-requisite NURS 4440, NURS 4451 NURS 4495 Independent Study in Nursing (Variable) On demand For students meeting requirements, the opportunity to pursue special interests beyond those in the formal course of study. Prerequisite: Completion of 2/3 nursing major, 3.0 GPA, and permission. 198 PHYSICS Introduction The physics curriculum at LaGrange College serves two basic purposes: 1 ) An introduction to the physical sciences, oriented towards developing problem solving and reasoning skills suitable for the core requirements of the college. 2) Support courses for programs in mathematics, chemistry, biology, computer science, dual-degree in engineering, pre-medicine, pre- pharmacy, and education. Course Descriptions (PHYS) PHYS 1101 Introductory Physics I. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall A noncalculus-based introduction to elementary kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, fluids, mechanical waves, and thermodynamics. Prerequisite: MATH 2105 PHYS 1102 Introductory Physics H. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring A continuation of Physics 1101 and an introduction to thermodynamics, electric charge. Coulomb's Law, electric and magnetic fields, optics, special relativity and quantum mechanics. Prerequisite: PHYS 1101 PHYS 1121 General Physics I. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall A calculus-based introduction to particle dynamics, energy and momentum conservation, rotational dynamics, hydrostatics, and thermodynamics. Prerequisite: MATH 2222 PHYS 1122 General Physics H. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring A continuation of Physics 1121 covering thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism, simple circuits, optics, special relativity and quantum physics. The laboratory introduces students to electronics. Prerequisites: PHYS 1121, MATH 2223 or permission of instructor 199 POLITICAL SCIENCE Introduction The political science program is designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills they will need to become active, useful citizens in modem democratic polities. For students who concentrate in poUtical science or those who take only occasional courses, this means that the pohtical science program will develop their capacity to understand pohtical organizations and pohtical processes, to analyze the forces affecting pohtical decisions, and to form judgments about their obhgations and rights as citizens. It also means that the pohtical science program will provide students with the skills necessary to begin a career in business, pubhc service, consulting, or joumahsm or to continue their training in graduate studies or law school. Objectives Students majoring in pohtical science at LaGrange College will acquire basic knowledge of these areas: The values, processes, and institutions that affect collective decision- making and contemporary pohtics in the United States. The comparative analysis of the values, processes, and institutions that affect collective decision-making and contemporary pohtics in other countries. The relations between and among states, especially those affecting international confhct and international cooperation. The ethical dimensions of pubhc pohcy issues, pohtical practices, and constitutional and legal questions. Students majoring in pohtical science at LaGrange College will also acquire the basic skills necessary to comprehend and perform modem pohtical analysis. These include: Abihty to analyze the foundations of and differences between normative and empirical inquiry. Knowledge of the basic elements of research design and methods in normative, empirical, and historical studies of pohtics. Knowledge of basic data management and analysis and of the use of computers in pohtical research. Abihty to convey findings in both written and oral presentations. 200 Course of Study The program in political science offers both a major and minor course of study in pohtical science. For a Major in Political Science Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS) POLS 1 101 U.S. Government POLS 1 102 Introduction to Pohtical Science POLS 22 1 Comparative Pohtics POLS 2220 International Relations POLS 3300 Research Methods in Pohtical Science POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Pohtical Science Students majoring in pohtical science must also complete an additional 18 semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and four thousand level courses Usted for the program in this catalog. At lease one of these courses must be in the field of American pohtics and pubhc pohcy (POLS 3310, 3311, 3312, 3313) and one in the fields of international relations (POLS 3320, 3321, 3322) or comparative pohtics (POLS 3350, 3351). Pohtical science internships (POLS 4400) can earn a full semester (12 hours) of credit toward graduation, but only six (6) hours can be credited toward completion of the major course. For a Minor in Political Science Demand Sequence for the Program in Pohtical Science (POLS) POLS 1 101 U.S. Government POLS 1 102 Introduction to Pohtical Science POLS 2210 Comparative Pohtics POLS 2220 International Relations Students minoring in pohtical science must also complete an additional 6 semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and four thousand level courses hsted for the program in this catalog. In the minor course of study, pohtical science internships cannot substitute for elective course credit. Assessment of Objectives Assessment of the objectives of the program in pohtical science is based on successful completion of each major course with a grade of C or better and successful completion of POLS 4430: Senior Seminar in Pohtical Science. To enroll in POLS 4430 students must have completed POLS 1101, 1102, 2210, 201 2220, and an additional nine (9) semester hours of elective courses in the political science program. In special circumstances, these requirements may be waived by permission of the faculty of the program. Special Opportunities The program in poUtical science supervises a variety of internships in local, state, and national government and in the local legal community. Students interested in pursing one of these opportunities should consult with the program faculty. The program also includes service learning opportunities in several of its courses. Again, students should consult with program faculty concerning these courses prior to registration. Course Descriptions (POLS) POLS 1101 United States Government (3) An introduction to pohtical science through an analysis of the poUtical system of the United States. Topics considered include: basic concepts of poUtical science, federaUsm, civil Uberties and civil rights, basic governmental institutions, elections and pubUc opinion, poUtical parties and groups, and domestic and foreign pubUc poUcy. POLS 1102 Introduction to Political Science. (3) An introductory course which focuses on the nature of the discipUne of poUtical science and which deals with the way poUtical scientists study poUtics through an overview of the major topics of the discipUne. POLS 2210 Comparative Politics. (3) An introduction to comparative analysis of poUtical systems. Topics considered include: basic concepts of comparative theory, modem poUtical history in developed and developing areas, the interaction of political and economic factors in developed and developing areas, poUtics and state institutions in selected countries, and comparative aspects of domestic and foreign pubUc poUcy. POLS 2220 International Politics. (3) An introduction to the interaction of nation-states in the global system. Topics considered include: war and power, economic and social interdependence, and problems specifically associated with developing nations. POLS 3300 Research Methods in Political Science. (3) A study of basic social science research methods as appUed in poUtical science. Topics considered include: research design and data coUection, measurement and causaUty, fitting models to data with various methods, graphic analysis, and the use of statistical software. 202 POLS 3311 Congress and the Presidency (3) A study of the institutional interactions of the executive and legislative branches of the United States government. Topics considered include: the President and poUcymaking, Congress and poUcymaking, institutional constraints on executive and legislative poUcymaking; foreign poUcy, civil rights poUcy, economic poUcy and budgeting, and social welfare poUcy. POLS 3312 Public Administration and Public Policy. (3) An introduction to the study of pubUc administration and pubUc poUcy. Topics considered include: theoretical approaches to the study of pubUc administration, the historical and constitutional basis for pubUc administration in the United States, the organization and management of pubUc institutions, the social, poUtical, and legal environments of public institutions, the role of poUtical processes in pubUc administration, the analysis and evaluation of pubUc poUcy, and the ethical basis of pubUc administration. POLS 3313 American Judicial Institutions. (3) A study of judicial institutions in the United States. Topics considered include: the functions of legal and judicial institutions, the structure and powers of national and state court systems, the legal profession, judicial selection, judicial procedure, court administration, and poUcy formation by judicial institutions. POLS 3314 American Constitutional Law. (3) An introduction to the study of constitutional law. Topics considered include: basic concepts of constitutional analysis, historical development of present legal institutions and regimes, judicial poUcy decisions in different areas of law, and the social, poUtical, and economic factors affecting those decisions. POLS 3315 American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3) An introduction to the constitutional Uberties and rights accorded American citizens. Topics considered include: basic concepts of constitutional analysis, historical development of present legal interpretations and regimes, judicial decisions in different areas of law, the social, poUtical, and economic factors affecting those decisions, and their effect on governing in the United States. POLS 3320 Analysis of Foreign Policy. (3) An introduction to how structures, institutions, outside actors, and poUtical culture produce American foreign poUcy. Topics covered include: recent history of U.S. foreign relations, the roles played by both the President and the Congress, the roles, functions and structures of U.S. State Department, the Defense Department, intelUgence agencies and the National Security Council, the poUcy making process and the measurement of outcomes, roles played by the pubUc, interest groups, and other actors. Current major foreign poUcy issues will be discussed and examined as case studies. 203 POLS 3321 International PoUtical Economy (3) A study of international economics and trade through the analysis of the factors influencing past and present changes. Topics covered include: current and past international finance systems and mechanisms of exchange, the role of the state and other actors, an examination of comparative advantage, various strategies states employ such as import substitution or export promotion, the nature and impact of formal and informal barriers to trade, the GATT and WTO, the problems, failures, successes and prospects of the international economic system and its impact on domestic poUtics. POLS 3322 International Organizations. (3) A study of the current international system. Topics covered include: the nature of "systems", the recent history of global affairs and the evolution of the international system to its present state, selected theoretical analyses of international systems, the nature, roles and functions of the various actors in the system, how advances in technology have fundamentally changed the world, and the evolving roles of both states and supranational institutions. POLS 3340 Themes in Political Philosophy. (3) An introduction to the basic ideas of pohtical philosophy. Topics considered include: the social and historical context of political theory; the development of major ideas in political philosophy; critical analysis of theoretical arguments; and the relation of pohtical theory to contemporary pohtics. POLS 3341 Modem PoUtical Theory. (3) An overview of liberahsm, communism, and fascism, the three primary pohtical ideologies that have shaped the twentieth century. POLS 3350 States and Politics in Developing Areas. (3) A comparative study of the pohtical systems of developing societies. Topics considered include: basic comparative theory, modem history of developing societies, pohtical systems of selected states, and the interaction of pohtical and economic factors in developing societies. POLS 3351 States and Politics in Developed Areas. (3) A comparative study of the pohtical systems of developed societies. Topics considered include: basic comparative theory, modem history of developed societies, political systems of selected states, and the interaction of pohtical and economic factors in developed societies. POLS 4400 Political Science Internship, (credit may vary) A supervised internship opportunity for students to work for approved pubhc or private organizations. POLS 4410 Selected Topics in Political Science. (3) This course examines particular issues related to topics in pohtical science selected by program faculty. 204 POLS 4420 Directed Study in Political Science. (3) A supervised course of independent study available to selected students. The course provides an opportunity for close cooperation between program faculty and students on research projects and presentations. POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Political Science. (3) A seminar course on a major subject of national or international concern based on individual research and assigned readings. 205 PSYCHOLOGY Introduction The goal of this department is to acquaint the student with basic principles of behavior and the research methods necessary to understand them. Objectives A student who graduates from LaGrange College with a major in psychology will: recognize the importance of an EMPIRICAL approach in attempting to understand behavior. be familiar with the concepts, terms, and explanatory principles characteristic of major psychological theorists and be able to evaluate them critically through appUcation of the principles of logico- empirical science. be able to identify and discuss examples of the major "types" of learning, to wit: classical, operant, observational, information processing. be familiar with generaUzations regarding physiological correlates of behavior. be familiar with the major historical developments in psychology. be familiar with the terminology of the current edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM IV). be famihar with the different theoretical approaches (including the psychoanalytic, the humanistic, and social learning-behavioral) in the description, etiology, and therapy of behavioral disorders hsted in DSM IV. be able to hst and discuss the various objective and projective personaUty assessment techniques and various rating scales including the Rorschach and Holtzman inkblots, the Thematic Apperception Test, the MMP-H, and the 16-PF. recognize the basic philosophical (e.g.. What is personahty?) and methodological issues (e.g., how do we quantify and measure personahty) in psychological research. be familiar with the sections of a APA style research report including the kinds of information typically found in each. 206 be familiar with the standard procedures for summarizing data, including the construction of frequency tables, the calculation of measures of central tendency (means, medians, and modes), calculation of measures of dispersion (range, variance, and standard deviation), and correlation coefficients. be familiar with the logic of hypothesis testing including the statement of research and statistical hypotheses, the notion of Type I and Type II errors, the power and efficiency of a statistical test, and the major inferential techniques used in psychology (especially t test, analysis of variance, and chi-square). recognize the concepts and principles of psychology as exempUfied in everyday situations. A major in psychology consists of 37 semester hours (12 courses) beyond the introductory course (PSYC 1101). Twenty-five of these hours come from the categories below. Methods (Both Required - See Note 1 Below) PSYC 2298, PSYC 2299 Experimental Content (Select Two) PSYC 4455, PSYC 4465, PSYC 4470 Social/Personality/Development Content (Select Three See Note 2 Below) PSYC 3321, (PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358), PSYC 3350, PSYC 4460 Advanced Special Topics (Required - See Note 3 Below) PSYC 4480 Notes: 1 . Since this department views psychology as a research-based discipline, it is strongly recommended that the student complete PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 as soon as possible after the major is declared. 2. Students may take either PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358 but not both to satisfy this requirement. If a student takes both, one course counts toward the 12 hours of major electives. 3. PSYC 4480 will be offered once per year during January term and will involve advanced study of a specialized topic. Topics wiU vary from year to year. 4. PSYC 1 101, Introduction to Psychology, is the prerequisite to all 2000 level and above psychology courses except PSYC 2298 and PSYC 3341. Some courses have other prerequisites. 207 Major Electives An additional 12 hours of major courses will be selected by the student. A student may select any 3000 or 4000 level psychology course beyond those counted in the required areas. Up to three courses selected from HUSV 2247, HUSV 2299, HUSV 3308, and BIO 1 148 may be appUed toward the major with the approval of the advisor. Assessment The accomphshment of the psychology objectives will be demonstrated by obtaining an acceptable score on the Area Concentration Achievement Test (ACAT) in psychology. Normally, this test will be give during the student's final semester at LaGrange College. Career Options Students who complete the major in psychology have a wide variety of career options. Psychology is a very broad field which overlaps many different areas. Some of the jobs taken by recent psychology graduates include management and supervisory positions in business and industry and positions in community and state service agencies. A psychology major also serves as good preparation for advanced study in law, social science, counseling, and psychology. Miscellaneous No course with a grade below C may be appUed toward a psychology major. Course Descriptions (PSYC) PSYC 1101 Introduction to Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring. A survey of major topics in psychology including research methods, basic neuroanatomy, learning, perception, personaUty and abnormal behavior. Prerequisite to all other psychology courses except PSYC 2298 and PSYC 3341. PSYC 2298 Behavioral Statistics. (3) Fall. Introduction to the measurement of behavior and quantitative methods of data analysis. An emphasis on parametric statistics and their apphcation to the behavioral sciences. PSYC 2299 Research Methods. (4) Spring. A survey of various types of research design, including the strengths and weaknesses of each. The laboratory includes practice in designing and conducting experiments, as well as analysis and reporting of results. Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 1101 208 PSYC3302 Human Growth and Development. (3) Fall, Spring. A study of normal life beginning with conception. Important developmental phenomena are considered in the Ught of major theories of development. PSYC 3304 Educational Psychology. (3) Fall. AppUcation of psychological principles and research to the teaching/learning process. Major topics include behavioral and cognitive approaches to learning, classroom management, and test construction and interpretation. PSYC 3321 Social Psychology. (3) FaU. A course deaUng with behavior as affected by social influences. Major topics include social perception, social communication (verbal and nonverbal), altruism, attitudes, aggression, and prejudice. Also, appUed areas such as forensic psychology are considered. PSYC 3330 History and Systems of Psychology. (3) On demand. A study of the historical background of psychology, with emphasis upon the major schools of thought. PSYC 3341 Human Sexuality. (3) On Demand. This course involves a multidiscipHnary examination of human sexual behavior and intimate relationships. Typical topics considered include male and female sexual response, gender roles, sexual disorders and dysfunctions, gender identity, legal and cross-cultural aspects of human sexuality, sexual orientation, contraception, and relationship issues related to sexuality. PSYC 3350 Abnormal Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring. A survey of the causes, characteristics, current theories, and treatments of deviant behavior. PSYC 3351 Introduction to Counseling. (3) Spring. An introduction to counseUng approaches, methods, and assessment techniques. Emphasis is placed on individual counseUng. PSYC 3356 Microcomputer Applications in the Behavioral Sciences. (3) On Demand. A study of the use of microcomputers with special emphasis on specific software programs including database management, spread-sheets, word- processing, and statistical packages for the behavioral scientist. PSYC 3357 Psychology of Religion. (3) On demand. Psychological interpretation of reUgious experience and growth. PSYC 3358 Psychology of Agmg. (3) Fall. Human aging is examined from physiological (e.g. sensory and cardiovascular changes), psychological (e.g. memory and intellectual changes) and sociological (e.g. adjusting to retirement) perspectives. Also, death and disorders associated with aging such as Alzheimer's Disease are explored. 209 PSYC 3380 Special Topics in Psychology. (3) On Demand. A course offered at the sophomore/junior level focusing on a specialized topic from the field of psychology. PSYC 4400 Individual Research. (3) On demand. The student will conduct a research project on a topic which is psychological in nature. The work will proceed from a literature review through research design, data collection and analysis. The result will be a research report written in APA style. PSYC 4455 Cognitive Psychology. (3) Spring 2003. An information processing analysis of topics in perception, thinking, learning, and memory. PSYC 4460 Psychology of Personality. (3) On Demand. A critical study of major personaUty theories, principles and instruments of assessment, and relevant empirical research. Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 PSYC 4465 Physiological Psychology. (3) Spring 2002. Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology will be explored and will provide a foundation for examining biological aspects of various behaviors (e.g. sensory processes, sleep, sexual behavior). Also, the psychopharmacology of selected drugs and genetic influences on behavior will be considered. PSYC 4470 Behavior Analysis and Its Applications. (3) Spring. A survey of principles, research findings, and applications of classical, operant, and observational learning. Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor. PSYC 4480 Special Topics m Psychology. Interim. A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a speciahzed topic from the field of psychology. A prerequisite may be required. 210 RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY Introduction As a field of inquiry within the liberal arts, the study of religion affords all students an opportunity to hone the critical thinking and communication skills that are an asset to any profession. Students who are considering church- related vocations also may tailor their courses either to prepare for such careers directly after completion of the degree or to provide a foundation for graduate study in reUgion or theology. The Religion and Philosophy Department offers two major plans of study: the religion and philosophy major, and the religion major with a concentration in church leadership. The department also offers three minor programs: rehgion, church leadership, and philosophy. The Religion and Philosophy Major The major consists of 33 hours of course work with one of the exploratory core requirements (RLGN 1 101-05) as the prerequisite: 36 hours in total. The ReUgion major must include at least 6 hours each from the areas of Biblical Studies, Historical Studies, and Ethics and Theological Studies. In addition, the major requires at least 3 hours in the area of Philosophy. Thus, of the 36 hours required for a Religion major, at least 21 hours must conform to the foUowing guideUnes: 1. BibUcal Studies (6 hours). Minimum requirement is one course in Old Testament and one course in New Testament at the 2000-level or above. Courses: 2110, 2111, 2120, 2121, 3110-3160. 2. Historical Studies (6 hours). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the core), 2210-2230, 3210-3220. 3. Ethics and Theological Studies (6 hours). Courses: 1105 (if not taken for the core), 2310, 3310-3350. 4. Philosophy (3 hours). Courses: any of the philosophy courses, which are listed under Area IV in the course listing below. Students are free to choose any other reUgion or philosophy department courses for the remaining 15 hours. Internships may be taken for up to 6 hours of credit, with permission of the department chair. At least 1 8 total hours in the major must be numbered at the 2000-level or above. 211 The Religion Major with a Concentration in Church Leadership A Church Leadership concentration within the Religion Major is designed to prepare graduates for educational and youth ministry in the church. The program meets all of the educational requirements necessary for certification in Christian education by the United Methodist Church. The major consists of 33 hours of course work, with one of the exploratory core requirements (REL 1 101-05) as the prerequisite: 36 hours in total. The Christian Education concentration requires the following course distributions: 1 . BibUcal Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1 102 or 1 103 (if not taken for the core requirement), 2110, 2111, 2120, 2121, 3110-3160. 2. Historical Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the core), 2210-2230, 3210-3220. 3. Ethics and Theological Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1105 (if not taken for the core), 2310, 3310-3350. 4. Philosophy (3 hours). Courses: any of the philosophy courses, which are Usted under Area IV in the course hsting below. 5. Church Leadership and Youth Ministry (18 hours). Courses: 3510-3550. The internship (3550) normally is repeated for a total of 6 hours, with 3 hours taken in each of two consecutive semesters. Other arrangements, such as intensive summer internships, are possible with the permission of the Church Leadership Program Director. In addition, students seeking certification in Christian education by the United Methodist Church must complete United Methodist Studies (3210). Students who do not seek United Methodist certification may choose any reUgion department course for the remaining 3 hours in the major. The Religion Major with Honors The honors program in reUgion requires the completion of an honors thesis or honors project under the direction of one of the professors in the ReUgion Department. Students who choose this option will enroll in RLGN 4620 in the fall of their senior year and RLGN 4621 in the Spring of their senior year. Minimum requirements to enter the program are a 3.5 grade point average in ReUgion Department courses and the permission of the ReUgion Department chair. Students wishing to apply for honors work must apply to the department chair during the spring term of their junior year. 212 The Religion Minor A minor in religion consists of 9 hours in addition to the religion core requirement: 12 hours in total. At least 6 hours must be from courses at the 2000-level or above. The Church Leadership Minor A minor in Church Leadership consists of 12 hours in addition to the rehgion core requirement: 15 hours in total. The minor includes one course taken at the 2000-level or above in Area I, II, in, IV, or VI. In addition, minor students must take Christian Education in the Local Church (3510) and should choose one (1) of the following: RLGN 3520, 3530, or 3540. The minor is completed with 3 hours of Internship (RLGN 3550). The Philosophy Minor No major program currently is offered in philosophy. A minor consists of 12 hours of course work in Area IV, of which at least 6 hours must be taken at the 2000-level or above. The Church Music Program The church music program is administered through the music department in cooperation with the Rehgion and Philosophy department. See the Music Department section of the catalogue for a program description. Course Descriptions Core Exploratory Courses: Explorations of the Christian Faith (RLGN) RLGN 1101 Introduction to Christianity (3) Spring 2003 An introduction to the Christian tradition of faith through a study of its central symbols, sacred texts, and practices. RLGN 1102 Jewish Origins in Context (3) Fall 2002, Spring 2003 A study of the Hebrew bible, commonly called by Christians the Old Testament, in the context of the ancient near eastern world. The course also will ask students to reflect on the impact of the Hebrew bible on Western civihzation and its impUcations for the contemporary world. RLGN 1103 New Testament Writings in Context (3) FaU 2002, Spring 2003 A study of the New Testament writings in the context of Greco-Roman civihzation. The course also will ask students to reflect on the impact of Christian scriptures on Western civihzation and consider their impUcations for the contemporary world. 213 RLGN 1104 Dialogue with World Faith Traditions (3) Spring 2003 The course will place the insights of the Christian faith in dialogue with those of major living worid religions. ; RLGN 1105 Moral Traditions and Contemporary Social Problems (3) Fall 2002 A study of contemporary ethical issues in the light of the moral traditions central to the Christian faith. The course will examine such issues as marriage and family, war and peace, racism, abortion, and the environment. Servant leadership component. Religion and Philosophy Departmental Courses | Area I: Biblical Studies (RLGN) \ RLGN 2110 Introduction to Biblical Hebrew I. (3) A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Bibhcal Hebrew. Prerequisite: None RLGN 2111 Introduction to BibUcal Hebrew H. (3) A continuation of RLGN 2110. Prerequisite: RLGN 2110 RLGN 2120 Introduction to Hellenistic Greek I. (3) A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Hellenistic or Koine Greek, which includes the language of the New Testament. Prerequisite: None RLGN 2121 Introduction to HeUenistic Greek H. (3) A continuation of RLGN 2120. Prerequisite: RLGN 2120 RLGN 2130 Readings in New Testament Greek. (3) Selected readings from New Testament texts with some attention to developing intermediate Greek grammar. Prerequisite: RLGN 2120 and 2121 RLGN 3110 The Law. (3) A detailed study of the first five books of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: RLGN 1102, or permission of professor RLGN 3120 The Prophets. (3) A detailed study of prophetic movements in Israel and of the individual prophets, their historical background, Uves, messages, and contributions to the rehgious life of Israel. Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor RLGN 3130 The Writings. (3) Spring 2003 An examination of wisdom, apocalyptic and poetic hterature of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor 214 RLGN 3140 The Life and Teachings of Jesus. (3) A study of the message of Jesus within the context of the synoptic gospels and its apphcation to contemporary society. Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor RLGN 3150 The Apostolic Age. (3) An examination of the origin and expansion of the early Christian Church, with studies in the Epistles and the Acts of the Apostles. Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor RLGN 3160 The Gospels. (3) FaU 2002 An examination of one of the four canonical gospels with emphasis on the historical context, history of interpretation, and modem appropriations of the text. Prerequisite: RLGN 1103, or permission of professor Area H: Historical Studies (RLGN) RLGN 2210 Church History I. A survey of the history of the Christian Church from the close of the ApostoUc age to the end of the Middle Ages. Prerequisite: None RLGN 2220 Church History H. A history of the Christian Church from the reformation era to the modem period. Prerequisite: None RLGN 2230 Race and Religion in America. This course will examine the role that rehgion played and continues to play in American race relations and racial identities. The course will emphasize the history and the theorists of the civil rights contemporary era. Prerequisite: None RLGN 3210 United Methodist Studies. A survey of the history, theology, and pohty of the United Methodist Church. Prerequisite: A rehgion core course RLGN 3220 A History of Christian Political Thought. A study of the impact of the Christian theorists and the institutions of the Church on the development of political theory in the West. Prerequisite: A rehgion core course Area IH: Theology, Ethics, and the Social Scientific Study of Religion (RLGN) RLGN 2310 Bioethics. (3) Fall 2002 A study of the ethical issues raised by the practice of nursing, medicine, and biomedical research. Prerequisite: None 215 RLGN3310 Contemporary Christian Thought. (3) Spring 2003 A survey of the development of Christian thought, with particular attention to the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: A rehgion core course RLGN 3320 The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender. (3) A study of the moral issues related to sexuaUty, gender roles, and family hfe. Topics will vary per offering, but may include ethical reflection on such topics as the meaning and purpose of sexuality, gender roles, pre-marital and extra- marital sexuaUty, homosexuality, and family structure. The course also is cross-listed in the Women's Studies Program as WMST 3320 Prerequisite: A rehgion core course RLGN 3340 Sociology of Religion. (3) A sociological analysis of the interplay between rehgion and culture. Prerequisite: A rehgion core course RLGN 3350 Psychology of Religion. (3) Psychological interpretation of reUgious experience and growth. . Prerequisite: A rehgion core course Area IV: Philosophy (PHIL) PHIL 1410 Introduction to Philosophy. (3) A survey of major philosophical themes and figures that were formative in Western civihzation. Prerequisite: None PHIL 2410 Moral Philosophy. (3) A study of the major philosophical understandings of morahty and the good hfe. Prerequisite: None PHIL 2420 History of Philosophy L (3) FaU 2002 A historical survey of classical and medieval philosophy. Prerequisite: None PHIL 2430 History of Philosophy H. (3) Spring 2003 A historical survey of the philosophies of the Renaissance, the Enhghtenment, and modem times. Prerequisite: None PHIL 2440 Elementary Logic. (3) An introduction to the logic of propositions with attention to the structure and evaluation of informal arguments. The rhetoric of persuasion and its use of logic and emotions also will be discussed. Prerequisite: None 216 PHIL 3410 Philosophy of Religion. (3) An investigation of problems related to philosophical reflection on rehgious thought and experience. Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy at the 1000-2000 level, or permission of professor PHIL 4410 Selected Topics in Philosophy. (3) Fall 2001 A seminar course on a major subject of concern in philosophy based on individual research and assigned readings. Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy at the 1000-2000 level, or permission of professor Area V: Church Leadership Courses (RLGN) RLGN 3510 Christian Education in the Local Church. (3) A study of issues confronting those participating in a local church setting. Required of all students in the Internship. Prerequisite: A rehgion core course RLGN 3520 Christian Worship. (3) Spring 2003 The study and practice of Christian worship in its historical and contemporary contexts. Topics will include the theology of worship, sacraments, liturgy, and the place of music in worship. Prerequisite: A reUgion core course RLGN 3530 Christian Formation. (3) The study of spiritual formation through the hfespan, in conversation with theories of human maturation from the social sciences. Prerequisite: A rehgion core course RLGN 3540 Youth Mmistry. (3) Fall 2002 The study and practice of ministry to persons from adolescence through young adulthood. Prerequisite: A rehgion core course RLGN 3550 Internship. (3-6) As scheduled Supervised participation in the local church setting. May be repeated for credit up to 6 hours. Prerequisite: Two courses from Area V Area VI: Capstone Courses (RLGN) RLGN 4610 Selected Topics m Religion. (3) FaU 2002 A seminar course on a major subject of concern based on individual research and assigned readings. Prerequisite: Permission of professor 217 RLGN 4620 Honors Thesis. (3) As scheduled Prerequisite: Application to Church Leadership Program Director RLGN 4621 Honors Thesis. (3) As scheduled Prerequisite: Application to Church Leadership Program Director SPEECH Course Description (SPCH) SPCH1105 Speech Fundamentals. (3) A course emphasizing development of organizational and deUvery skills through individual speaking exercises in a variety of formats including informative and persuasive. Only offered to students who have not completed basic requirements prior to Fall of 2000. 218 THEATRE ARTS Introduction The Department of Theatre Arts offers a pre-professional training program emphasizing the practical aspects of theatre and the importance of process. It is the behef of the faculty that the training process must prepare students for the real world of theatre. Faculty teaching in the Theatre Arts program are experienced, working professionals. We offer professional summer theatre opportunities in both New York and New Hampshire. With the behef that theatre is both an art form and a business the curriculum provides a strong undergraduate foundation in theatre performance, design/production and literature. Offering a B.A. in Theatre Arts, majors are required to complete a 30-hour core curriculum in theatre arts designed to foster an appreciation for, and an understanding of, each area of theatre. In addition, 9 specific track courses and 6 practicum hours are required to complete the theatre arts degree composed of 45 total major hours. Objectives The following objectives are estabhshed as a basis for the training program in Theatre Arts. Upon appUcation for graduation, the Theatre Arts major wiU be expected to: understand the basic theoretical concepts behind each of the three major areas within the discipUne: performance, design/production and Uterature. have an extensive artistic vocabulary in their specific area of concentration. have the technical knowledge pertaining to the student's chosen area of concentration, but not hmited to it. demonstrate an understanding of auditioning and/or portfoUo presentation. be knowledgeable of viable avenues of employment and sources noting such information. have an understanding of opportunities for graduate studies and employment in theatre and the performing arts. 219 Graduation Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major A student graduating with a major in Theatre Arts must meet all of the following criteria: a. Satisfactory completion of all degree requirements as outlined in the catalogue. b. Participation in all departmental productions and activities, including auditions, production crews, work calls and production strikes as assigned by faculty. c. Attendance at all scheduled departmental meetings and activities. Admission to the Theatre Arts Major In order to be admitted and to continue as a Theatre Arts major, a student must meet the following criteria: A. Overall grade point average of 2.25 or better. Scholarship recipients must maintain a 3.0 grade point average or better. B . Writing proficiency a grade of C or better in Enghsh 1 1 1 , 1 1 02 C. Theatrical Proficiency a grade of C or better in all Theatre Arts courses D. Prognosis for Success evaluation during Theatre courses pertinent to: 1) attendance 2) attitude 3) cooperation 4) oral and written skills 5) enthusiasm and dedication to the Theatre Arts program E. Transfer students wishing to continue as a Theatre Arts major must provide evidence of all of the above plus the following: 1) past participation in departmental productions 2) recommendations of at least two theatre faculty from the transferring institution 3) acceptance as a major is subject to approval by a majority of the LaGrange College Theatre Arts faculty A student that does not meet all of the above criteria each semester may be placed on probation. After the probationary period, the student will be re- evaluated by the Theatre Arts faculty. If it is determined that the student has failed to meet the above criteria satisfactorily, the student may be removed as major, and any theatre scholarships revoked. 220 Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major A total of 45 semester hours are required for the Theatre Arts major. Core Requirements (30 hours): THEA 1 101 Drama Survey I THE A 1 102 Drama Survey II THEA 11 84 Acting I THEA 2295 Movement for the Actor THEA 2210 Voice and Diction THEA 1180 Stagecraft THEA 2110 Introduction to Design THEA 2200 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film I THEA 2330 Script Analysis THEA 4484 Senior Thesis Track Courses 3 of the following (9 hours): Performance Track THEA 2201 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film II THEA 3370 Directing THEA 3345 Musical Theatre THEA 4451 Auditioning THEA 2286 Makeup THEA 3305 Period Styles THEA 3310 Playwriting THEA 2351 Acting II THEA 3420 Stage Management Design/Technical Track THEA 3360 Scenic Design THEA 3381 Lighting Design THEA 3385 Costume Design THEA 2283 Stage Management THEA 2286 Makeup THEA 3420 Theatre Management Practicum Requirements for the Theatre Arts Minor THEA 1 101 Drama Survey I THEA 1184 Acting I THEA 11 80 Stagecraft THEA 2110 Intro to Design THEA 2330 Script Analysis Practicum 18hrs. 221 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 6hrs. 45hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. 3hrs. Course Descriptions (THEA) THEAllOl Drama Survey I. (3)* A survey of the discovery of theatre beginning in ancient Greece continuing through the rise of Realism. Students will study theatre as a developed art form through the reading, viewing and discussion of plays representing diverse eras of history. Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I. THEA 1102 Drama Survey n. (3)* A survey of the discovery of theatre from the rise of ReaUsm through contemporary drama. Students will study theatre as a developed art form through the reading, viewing and discussion of plays representing diverse eras of history. Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I. THEA 1180 Stagecraft (3)* A course designed to provide the student with theoretical and working knowledge of technical theatre. Course may include basic building components, tools and materials, equipment and shop layouts supporting all areas of design. Students will participate in the mounting of a departmental production. THEA 1184 Acting I. (3) * A course designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of acting for the stage. Course will include achievement of a simple objective, self and sensory awareness, relaxation, concentration and beginning scene and text analysis. THEA 2110 Introduction to Design. (3) A course designed to introduce students to the fundamental elements of all areas of design and technical production and the importance of collaboration between each area. THEA 2200 Stunts /Fights for Stage, TV and Film I. (3) * Performance course covering basic stage movement, acrobatics, faints, falls, slapstick comedy, hand-to-hand combat, and weapons when appUcable. THEA 2201 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film H. (3) * A continuation of THEA 2200, adding period weaponry such as, but not Umited to quarterstaff, broadsword, rapier, dagger, food fights, etc. for the stage. THEA 2205 Movement for the Actor. (3) * A course designed to develop body awareness by exploring movement connected to impulse and instinct, focusing on integration of the mind, body and spirit. THEA 2210 Voice and Diction. (3) To introduce students to the process of voice production, methods of freeing the voice with emphasis on relaxation and breathing, and appUcable techniques for working with text. 222 THEA2283 Stage Management (3) A course designed to provide student with introduction to, and basic training in, the area of stage management. THEA2285 Theatre Practicum. (1) A course designed for participation in various aspects of dramatic production including acting, scenery, costume construction, hghting, box office, promotion, house management and run-crews. Prerequisite: Roles/responsibilities for credit must be approved by faculty. (May be repeated 6 times for credit.) THEA2286 Makeup for the Stage. (3)* A study in the theories and application of stage makeup. Topics may include corrective, old age and character makeup, as well as prosthetics. THEA2330 Script Analysis. (3) A study of major genres of dramatic literature designed to provide the director, actor, designer, dramaturge and/or technician with basic guideUnes for text analysis. Student will develop and utiUze skills to thoroughly analyze text. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor THEA2351 Acting H. (3) A continuation of THEA 1 184 which explores further character development through advanced scene work and improvisational exercises, to encourage students to take risks and to broaden their vocabulary and knowledge of current trends and opportunities in the theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 1184 THEA 3272 Creative Dramatics. (3) On Demand A course which introduces methods of creating, designing and utilizing drama to enhance teaching skills and foster the educational development of students. Highly recommended for early childhood and secondary education majors. THEA 3305 Period Styles of Acting. (3) A course designed to introduce students to period styles of acting and movement which may include: Greek, Elizabethan, Comedy of Manners, Farce, Realism and the Theatre of the Absurd. Course also may include mask work. Prerequisites: THEA 1 184, THEA 2351 THEA 3310 Playwriting/Screenwriting. (3) A course designed to stimulate critical and creative thinking through the creation of original material. Students will be guided in the completion of writing a play/screenplay. Prerequisite: THEA 2330 or consent of instructor. THEA 3345 Musical Theatre. (3) A practical study of techniques and styles of musical theatre which may include: beginning audition, acting and staging, performing musical theatre selections. Prerequisite: THEA 1184 223 i THEA3360 Scenic Design. (3) A course that introduces the student to drawing and drafting skills in preparation for the task of design. These skills include perspective drawing with highhght and shadow, use of color and selected rendering materials and techniques. Prerequisite: THEA2110 THEA3370 Directing. (3) A course designed to introduce students to the director's role in interpreting, choosing, rehearsing and staging a play. Course includes direction for performance of a short play. Prerequisites: THEA 1 184, THEA 21 10, THEA 2330 THEA3381 Ligliting Design. (3) A course that introduces the student to stage Ughting with a series of practical design projects. Prerequisite: THEA 21 10 THEA 3385 Costume Design. (3) A course that acquaints the student with the basic skills needed to design theatrical costumes, which includes patterning and cutting/draping. Prerequisite: THEA 21 10 THEA 3420 Theatre Management (3) A course which introduces the fundamentals of management as they apply to Theatre Arts. Course will investigate and navigate through the conflicting issues, strategies and opportunities in management in the Arts. THEA 4451 Auditioning. (3) A course designed for developing audition techniques and examining guidehnes for audition procedures with emphasis on practical auditions, resume, headshots, audition selection material and compilation of an audition portfoUo. Prerequisite: THEA 1184 THEA 4470-2 Special Topics. (1-3) A series of courses designed to provide students with advanced material/study in either performance or design tracks. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor THEA 4484 Senior Thesis. (3) A course in which senior Theatre Arts majors bring their training and emphasis into focus. Senior thesis projects may be track-specific special projects in acting, design, directing, stage-managing or playwriting. All proposals must be approved by the Department Chair and are subject to scheduling and faculty supervisory commitments. Denotes courses in Theatre Arts that may satisfy Fine Arts requirement in Core Curriculum. 224 WOMEN'S STUDIES Introduction Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary field of study which complements a liberal arts education by drawing upon a variety of discipUnes to gain a critical awareness of the female experience. In developing this awareness and in presenting its diversity, courses explore gender as well as race, ethnicity, culture, age and social class as categories of analysis. While exploring these issues, the courses also promote the development of skills in critical thinking, speaking, and writing. Courses focus on women's past and present roles in culture, poHtics, the family, the arts and sciences, health care business, and religion. Objectives A minor in Women's Studies consists of twelve semester hours: Three of which must be WMST 1101: Introduction to Women's Smdies. Of the remaining nine hours, six must be taken at the 3000 level. This flexibiUty coupled with the interdiscipUnary nature of the field, permits students to design a minor which best reflects their academic and future career interests. (Only cross-Usted courses taken during or after the fall of 2000 may be appUed to the minor in Women's Studies.) Course Descriptions (WMST) WMST 1101 Introduction to Women's Studies (3) Fall 2002 This course will provide a better understanding of the female experience and the evolution of women's roles within one's own culture and that of others. In developing this understanding emphasis will be placed on the great diversity of women's individual hves by considering such factors as race, age, marital, and class status. Cross-listed Courses WMST 3247/HUSV 2247: The Family (3) Fall 2001 WMST 3312/ENG 3345:The rise of the English Novel (3) WMST/3320/RLGN 3320: The Ethics of SexuaUty, Marriage, and Gender (3) WMST 3340/ENG 3340:Restoration and Eighteenth Century English Literature (3) Spring 2002 WMST 4500/LlBR 4500: Advanced Library Research in the Sciences (2) WMST 4400/LIBR 4400: Advanced Library Research in the Social Sciences and Humanities (2) (Under current study and development is the possibiUty of cross listing: HUSV 2243: Social Problems. Also, interim term courses are currently being designed.) 225 FACULTY, TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATION Faculty David Oki Aheam (1995) Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy; Chair, Division of Humanities B. A. Austin College; M.Div., Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., Emory University Nancy Thomas Alford (1969) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education B.S. Georgia College; M.S., University of Tennessee Toni P. Anderson (1999) Associate Professor of Music B.M., Lamar University; M.M., New England Conservatory of Music; Ph.D., Georgia State University Kim Barber (1995) Associate Professor of Theatre Arts B.S., University of Tennessee; M.F.A., University of California at Los Angeles Charlene Baxter (1976) Assistant Professor; Librarian for Pubhc and Technical Services A.B., West Georgia College; M.L.S., George Peabody College for Teachers CindiBearden(2001) Assistant Professor of Business B.S., Jacksonville State University; Master of Accountancy, University of Alabama, Certified Public Accountant Jon Birkeh (1987) Ely R. Callaway, Sr. Professor in International Business; Chair, Division of Business A.B., Lenoir-Rhyne College; Ph.D., University of South Carohna Sandra Blair (2000) Assistant Professor of Nursing B.S.N. LaGrange College; M.S.N. Georgia State University 226 Marcia Langham Brown (1996) Associate Professor of Art and Design B.F.A., Guilford College; M.F.A., University of Georgia Linda R. Buchanan ( 1997) Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention B.S., George Williams College; M.S., Eastern Kentucky University; Ph.D. Georgia State Joseph LCafaro (1984) Professor of History A. A., Manatee Junior College; B.A., Florida Atlantic University; M.A., Ph.D., Florida State University Susan R. Cody (2002) Assistant Professor of Human Services B.A., Jacksonville University, M.A., University of Florida John Granger Cook (1994) Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Davidson College; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Emory University Roland B. Cousins (1990) Professor of Management B.S., M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; D.B.A., Indiana University Mary Lou Dabbs (1999) Assistant Professor; Electronic Resources Librarian B.A., Florida Presbyterian College; M. Ln., Emory University Lynn L. Deibler (2002) Assistant Professor of Physics B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S. Georgia Institute of Technology, Ph.D., University of Alabama Nina DuUn-Mallory (1989) Associate Professor of EngUsh B.A., Clemson University; M.Ed., LaGrange College; Ph.D., Auburn University Steven Earl Edwards (1992) Associate Professor of Theatre Arts B.A., Texas Wesleyan University; M.A., University of Arkansas; Ph.D., Texas Tech University Charles H.Evans (1981) Professor of Psychology B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia 227 Anton Rores (1999) Assistant Professor of Human Services B.S.W., Georgia State University; M.S.W., University of Georgia Carlie Frederick (1999) Assistant Professor of Nursing B.S.N., M.S.N., Wayne State University Gordon Jeffrey Geeter (1990) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education A.S., Andrew College; B.S., Tennessee Wesley an College; M.S.S., United States Sports Academy Luke K.Gill, Jr. (1971) Professor of Human Services B.B.A., University of Georgia; J.D., John Marshall Law School; M.S.W., University of Georgia AleciaC.Glaize(2001) Assistant Professor of Church Leadership: Director of Church Leadership B.A., Huntingdon College; Claremont School of Theology M.Re. F. Stuart Gulley( 1996) Assistant Professor of Rehgion; President B. A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University; Ph.D., Georgia State University Alexander L. Gungov (2002) Associate Professor of Philosophy M.A. Sofia University St. KUment Ohridski; Ph.D. Sofia University St. Kliment Ohridski. Heather A. Haas (2001) Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S. Rocky Mountain College; M.S. University of St. Andrews; Ph.D. University of Minnesota Melvin H. Hall (2002) Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S. Cuttington University College; M.A., University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D. Auburn University Jenny Hampton (2000) Assistant Professor of Business B.S. University of Georgia; MTx Georgia State University; J.D. University of Chicago 228 Jennifer S. Harrison (1995) Associate Professor of Education, Chair, Division of Education Baccalaureate, University of Warwick; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ph.D., University of Florida Celiac. Hay (1996) Assistant Professor of Nursing Diploma, Piedmont Hospital School of Nursing; M.S., Georgia State University Bryan A. Heam (2000) Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D. University of Florida B. Joyce Hillyer (1995) Associate Professor of Education A.S.. Southern Union State Junior College; B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. Auburn University S. G. Homsby (1966) Professor of EngUsh B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Auburn University John C.Hurd (1974) Professor of Biology B.S., Alabama College; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University Lee E.Johnson (1990) Fuller E. Callaway Associate Professor of Music B.A., Auburn University; M. M., Indiana University Marvin D. Johnson (1996) Assistant Professor B.A. Concoridat College; M.A. American University in Cairo Sandra K. Johnson (1983) Professor of Health and Physical Education; Director of the CORE Program and Interim Term B.A., Concordia College; M.Ed., University of Arizona; Ed.D., University of North Carohna-Greensboro Dorothy M. Joiner (2001) Lovick Com Professor of Art History B.A. St. Mary's Dominican College; M.A. Emory University; Ph.D. Emory University Donald JoUy (1961) Professor of Mathematics B.S. University of Southern Mississippi; M.S. University of Illinois; Ph.D. Auburn University (Retired from full-time teaching in 1995) 229 Charles P. Kraemer (1978) Professor of Psychology; Chair, Division of Social and Behavioral Sciences B.A., LaGrange College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia John D. Lawrence (1970) Fuller E. Callaway Professor of Art and Design Chair, Fine Arts Division; Director, Lamar Dodd Art Center B.F.A., Atlanta College of Art; M.F.A., Tulane University Tracy L. R. Lightcap (1991) Associate Professor of History and PoUtical Science A.B., University of the South; M.A., University of South Carolina; Ph.D., Emory University Donald R. Livingston (2001) Assistant Professor of Education B.S. Drexel University; M.Ed. West Chester University; Ed. D. Georgia Southern University Sarah Beth MaUory (1993) Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., M.S., University of Georgia Lynn Massenzio (2002) Assistant Professor of Education B.A. Rutgers University; M.S. Georgia Institute of Technology; Ph.D. Georgia State University Greg A. McClanahan (1988) Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.S., Auburn University; Ph.D., Clemson University WilUam J. McCoy, IV (1991) Associate Professor of Chemistry/Physics; Director of Institutional Research and Planning B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina Lisa D.McNary (1999) Assistant Professor of Business B.A. Louisiana State University; M.S. Lamar University; Ph.D. University of New Mexico, Post Doctoral Study, The Ohio State University Matthew B. Miller (2002) Assistant Professor of Theatre B.A. Francis Marion University; M. Ed., The University of North Carohna; M.F.A., The University of North Carolina 230 * Frederick V.Mills (1967) Professor of History A.B., Houghton College; S.T.B., Temple University; M.Th., Princeton University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Francis A. O'Connor (1997) Assistant Professor of Latin American Studies B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Idaho State University; Ph.D., University of Iowa William G. Paschal (1994) Associate Professor of Biology B.S., Saint Joseph's College; Ph.D., Indiana University School of Medicine Loren L. Pinkerman ( 1 998) Assistant Professor; Director of the William and Evelyn Banks Library B.A., Westmar College; M.A.T., Colorado State University; M.L.S., Indiana University Amanda R. Plumlee (1996) Associate Professor of Latin American Studies and Modem Languages B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Tennessee Margaret Reneke (1999) Assistant Professor of Art and Design B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.F.A., Virginia Commonwealth University Fay A. Riddle (1980) Professor of Computer Science B.S., H. Sophie Newcomb College of Tulane University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Florida Arthur Robinson (1998) Assistant Professor; PubUc Services Librarian B.A., Trinity College; M.L.S., Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington Lydia W. Rosencrants (1999) Assistant Professor of Accountancy B. S., University of Richmond; Ph.D., Michigan State University Edgard Sankara, (2002) Assistant Professor of Spanish and French Duel-I in Lettres Modemes, Universite D' Abidjan Bachelor of Arts, Universite de Ouagadougou Masters of Arts Universite de Ouagadougou Ph.D., University of Texas: French and Francophone Literatures 231 Maranah A. Sauter (1983) Professor of Nursing; Chair, Division of Nursing A.A., B.S., Georgia Southwestern College; M.S., Georgia State University; Ph.D., Medical College of Georgia Laine Allison Scott (1998) Assistant Professor of EngUsh B.A., The College of William & Mary; M.A., Middlebury College; M.A., SaUsbury State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama George Michael Searcy (1966) Associate Professor of Mathematics A.B., LaGrange College; M.S., Auburn University Bailey Brooks Shelhorse, Jr. (1968) Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science A.B., LaGrange College; M.A., Louisiana State University; M.Ed., Washington State University; M.S., University of Evans ville; Ph.D. Georgia State University Kevin L.Shirley (1998) Assistant Professor of History B.A., M.A. (history), M.A. (religion), Ph.D., Florida State University Jay K.Sinmions( 1997) Associate Professor of PoUtical Science; Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean B.A., Birmingham-Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Alabama JackC. Slay, Jr. (1992) Associate Professor of Enghsh B.A., M.A., Mississippi State University; Ph.D., University of Tennessee JuUeZ. Sneath(1999) Associate Professor of Marketing B.S., The University of Arkansas; M.S., Ph.D., Georgia State University Timothy N. Taunton (1984) Professor of Art and Design B.A., University of Arkansas-Little Rock; M.F.A., Louisiana State University Brenda W. Thomas (1989) Associate Professor of EngUsh A.B., Samford University; M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Georgia State University 232 JohnA.Tures(2001) Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., Trinity University; M.S. Marquette University; Ph.D., Florida State University Mitchell Turner, (2002) Assistant Professor of Music Bachelor of Science, Georgia Southern University: Communications Master of Music, University of Georgia: Composition and Theory Ph.D., University of Georgia: Theory and Composition John M. WilUams (1989) Associate Professor of EngUsh B.A., M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Georgia State University PhilUp R. WiUiamson (1969) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education; Director of Athletics B.S., M.S., Troy State University Carol M. Yin (1991-1994, 1996) Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.A.M., Ph.D., Auburn University Kuo-chuan Yin (1994) Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., National Chung Hsing University; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University Adjunct Faculty Ethyl L. Ault Instructor of Education M.Ed., Georgia State University James Anthony Criswell Instructor of Music B. Med., Columbus State University; M.M., Samford University Jerean C. Grau Instructor of Nursing B.S. University Medical College of Virginia; Ph.D. University of Florida Eric Jones Instructor of Music B.F.A. Music, CaUfomia Institute of the Arts; M.F.A. Music, Cahfomia State University, Northridge 233 Katherine Langham Instructor of Math B.A. Lipscomb University; M.A.M. Auburn Shawn H. Lieth Instructor of General Science B.S. and M.S. University of Georgia Alvin B. Ligenfelter Instructor of Rehgion B.M., Mississippi College; Masters of Divinity, Duke Divinity School Debbie Ogle Instructor of Music B.S. University Montevallo; M.M. University of Alabama Allison Orr Instructor of English B.A., M.Ed., Auburn University Christiane B. Price Instructor of Modem Foreign Language M.A., Freie Universitat; Ph.D., Emory University Tracy Clahan Riggs Instructor of Theatre Arts B.F.A., CathoUc University; M.F.A., Rorida Atlantic University Levis J. Spradhn, Jr. Instructor of Human Services B.A., LaGrange College; M.S. Columbus College Thomas P. Steele Instructor of Rehgion B.A., Newberry College; M. Div., Lutheran School of Theology; D, Min., McCormick Theological Seminary Matthew Woods Instructor of Music B.M., Birmingham-Southern College; M.M., The University of Alabama Writer in Residence Michael Bishop M.A., University of Georgia; L.H.D. LaGrange College President Emeritus Walter Y. Murphy A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University; LL.D., Bethune- Cookman College; D.D., LaGrange College (1980-1996) 234 Retired Faculty Members Professors Emeritus Sybil L. Allen, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1976-1994) Sue M. Duttera, Ph.D. (1986-2002) Santiago A. Garcia, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1977-1995) Richard Donald Jolly, B.A., M.S., Ed.D. (1961-1995) Evelyn B. Jordan, A.A, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1977-2001) Walter Dickinson Jones, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. (1962-1982) Frank R. Lewis, A.B., M.L.S. (1973-1996) Charles FrankUn McCook, A.B., S.T.B., S.T.M., Ph.D. (1961-1994) Maynard L. Reid, B.S.E., M.S.E., Ed.D (1973-1995) John L. Shibley, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (1950-1986) Associate Professors Emeritus Julia B. Burdett, A.A., B.A., M.P.E., M.S.W. (1974-1997) Patrick M. Hicks, B.S., M.S. (1958-1998) Assistant Professors Emeritus Martha M. Estes, B.A., M.A. (1982-1991) Board of Trustees Officers Chairman George "Buddy" Darden Vice Chairman Ray C. Anderson Second Vice Chairman F. Stuart Gulley Secretary Nancy N. Durand Treasurer Phyllis D. Whitney Members Ray C. Anderson, Atlanta, Georgia 2003 * George W. Baker, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2006 A. Michael Barber, Newnan, Georgia Alumni Trustee Carolyn M. Bernard, Greensboro, Georgia 2004 * J. Kennerly Boatwright III, LaGrange, Georgia 2006 David E. Boyd, Atlanta, Georgia 2004 Hal N. Brady III, Columbus, Georgia 2004 * H. Speer Burdette III, LaGrange, Georgia 2003 Samuel G. Candler, Atlanta, Georgia 2005 * Robert L. Carmichael, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2004 * Toni M. Cauble, LaGrange, Georgia 2005 * Robert B. Copeland, LaGrange, Georgia 2005 235 * George "Buddy" Darden, Marietta, Georgia 2005 G. Lindsey Davis (Bishop), Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio E. Malone Dodson, Alpharetta, Georgia 2003 * Nancy N. Durand, LaGrange, Georgia 2006 * Charles L. Foster, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2005 * Gamett J. Giesler, LaGrange, Georgia 2005 * Edmund C. Glover, LaGrange, Georgia 2006 William G. Griffin, Jr., Rome, Georgia Ex Officio Elizabeth C. Harris, Cartersville, Georgia 2003 * Ellen Hudson Harris, Franklin, Georgia 2004 Scott D. Hawkins, Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio Wilham M. Hodges, Atlanta, Georgia 2006 * Pat H. Holder, LaGrange, Georgia 2003 * John S. Holle, LaGrange, Georgia 2003 * Charles D. Hudson, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2003 Wayne Hunter, LaGrange, Georgia 2006 L. Bevel Jones III, Decatur, Georgia 2004 * Frank R. Lewis, LaGrange, Georgia 2004 C. Stephen Lynn, Nashville, Tennessee 2005 Charles M. Miller, Comeha, Georgia 2004 * Polly C. Miller, Columbus, Georgia 2003 * David S. Naglee, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio * Gregory T. Porterfield, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio President, Student Government Association Ex Officio * S. Chff Rainey, LaGrange, Georgia 2003 Peggy Cobb Schug, Charlotte, North Carohna 2006 * Charles W. Smith, LaGrange, Georgia 2005 * John W. Stewart, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2006 James L. Waits, Atlanta, Georgia 2004 * Almonese Brown CUfton Williams, Atlanta, Georgia 2006 * Member Executive Committee Alumni Representatives Carolyn D. Burgess, LaGrange, Georgia David C. Hancock, Decatur, Georgia Consultants Linda R. Buchanan, Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention F. Stuart Gulley, President Greg A. McClanahan, Faculty Representative Walter Y. Murphy, President Emeritus B. David Rowe, Vice President for Advancement Jay K. Simmons, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean Phyllis D. Whitney, Executive Vice President for Administration 236 Legal Counsel Daniel W. Lee, LaGrange, Georgia President's Advisory Council J. Philip Cleaveland, LaGrange, Georgia Lovick P. Com, Columbus, Georgia William B. Fackler, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia John J. Flynt, Jr., Griffm, Georgia Chfford C. Glover, West Point, Georgia Edwin M. Gore, LaGrange, Georgia G. Sanders Griffith HI, Columbus, Georgia Charles D. Hudson, LaGrange, Georgia J. Smith Lanier II, West Point, Georgia J. Gardner Newman, LaGrange, Georgia Howard R. Park, LaGrange, Georgia L. Henderson Traylor, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia D. Randall Williamson, Avondale Estates, Georgia Administrative Officers and Staff President's Cabinet Frank Stuart Gulley (1996) - President B.A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University; Ph.D., Georgia State University Quincy D. Brown (1997) - The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus Minister B.S., DeVry Institute of Technology; M.Div., Emory University Linda R. Buchanan (1997) - Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention B.S., George Wilhams College; M.S., Eastern Kentucky University; Ph.D., Georgia State University B. David Rowe (2000) - Vice President for Advancement B.S., Southwestern University; M.Div., Emory University Jay K. Simmons (1997) -Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean B.A., Birmingham-Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., The University of Alabama Phyllis D. Whitney (1998) -Executive Vice President for Administration B.S., M.A., Murray State University 237 Administrative Staff Lisa Adams (2000) Teresa AUen (1994) Charles Anderson (2000) Rebecca Anderson (2000) Charlene Baxter (1976) Sande Beavers (2000) Dana Becker (2000) Jackie Belcher (2000) James Blackwood (1997) Dee Bradley (1992) KeUy Britsky (1997) Quincy D. Brown (1997) Susan Brown (1999) Linda R. Buchanan (1997) Bryan Burgess (1999) Becky Carter (1999) Diane Celorio 2001) Jennifer Claybrook (1999) Austin P. Cook, III (1981) Diane Cooper (1998) Erin Corcoran (2001) Mary Lou Dabbs (1999) Ashley Davis (1999) Sandra Dennis (1972) Rob Dicks (2001) Director, Career Counseling and Placement Administrative Assistant-Financial Aid Office Director of Development Secretary, Social and Behavioral Sciences Librarian for Public and Technical Services, Library Facihties/Events Coordinator Director of Student Activities Financial Aid Counselor Director of Information Systems Secretary, Education Division Women's Basketball and Volleyball Coach, Senior Women's Administrator The EUzabeth Walker Lanier Campus Minister Swimming Coach Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention Women's Basketball Assistant Coach, Cross Country Coach, Sports Information Director Accounts Receivable SpeciaHst, Business Office Placement Coordinator Women's Basketball Graduate Assist. Coach, Volleyball Graduate Assistant Coach, Sports Information Assistant Postmaster Coordinator of Administrative Services Graduate Assistant Women's Soccer Electronic Resources Librarian, Library Counselor, Admission Human Resources SpeciaUst Assistant Athletic Trainer 238 i Peter Doig (1999: , Drew Dorsey (2001] I Matt 1 East (2001] Vicky ElUs (1995] ' Valerie D . Enenbach (1996] UsaK. i Farrow (1991] Renee Ferguson (2001) ! Brandon Fetner (1999] ! Michael Fonts (2000] Delaine Gay (2000] Andy Geeter (1997) G. Jeffrey Geeter (1990) Joseph Goodmann (2001) Jason Goodner (2001) Stacy Gorman (2000) F. Stuart GuUey (1996 Katie Hall (2001 Susan A. Hancock (1975 Shirley Harrington (1997 Dean Hartman (2000) Warren Haynes (1998] Wylene Hemdon (1979) Jimmy G. Herring (1974) Ryan Horn (2001) Melissa Home (2001) Kevin Howard (1999) Patti Hoxsie (2000) Robin Hurst (1999) Vickie Jacks (2002) Dedtria Jackson (2001) Suzanne Jackson (2001) Swinmiing Coach Graduate Assistant Basketball Coach Counselor, Admission Resident Director of Boatwright Dorm Director of Aquatics Circulation Manager and Assistant to the Director of the Library Assist, to Vice President for Advancement Database Administrator, Information Systems Network Manager, Information Systems Administrative Assistant, Evening College Director of Admission Men's Soccer and Tennis Coach Graduate Assistant Baseball Coach Asst. Director LC Albany Assistant Director of PubUcations and Web Development, Director of Pitts Dorm President Administrative Assistant, Music Secretary, Alunmi and Parent Relations Assistant to the Director of Institutional Research and Planning Director of Communications and Marketing Men's Basketball Coach Parking Registrar Graduate Assistant Soccer Coach, Tennis Administrative Assistant, LC at Albany Baseball Coach Assistant Controller, Business Office Secretary, Division of Humanities Textbook Manager, Bookstore Administrative Assistant, Evening College Manager, LC Connection 239 Marvin D. Sandra Lori Catherine Susan A. Anita Todd Dawn KirbyH. William Laurel Melissa Linda Patricia A. Linda H. Carolyn Cynthia L. Yvonne Tiffany Brandon Jackie L. Sharon Debbie Meredith William Johnson Johnson (1996) (1983) Knopp (1998) Kostilnik (1993) Laforet (1994) Laney (1974) Levens (2000) Marrin (2000) McCartney (1983) McCoy (1991) McDaniel (2001) McDonald (1983) McGill (2000) McKay (1998) McMuUen (1999) McNeamey (2000) Miles (1996) MiUs (1986) Mixon (1999) Mobley (2000) Morman, Sr. (1992) Newton (2000) Ogle (1997) Parker (2001) Paschal (1994) Assistant to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean Director of Core Program and Interim Term Secretary, Division of Nursing Director for Community Studies Secretary, Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics and Institutional Research and Planning Bookstore Director Counselor, Admission Secretary, Development Administrative Assistant, Student Development Office; Resident Director of Turner Dorm Executive Director of Instructional & Information Technology Copy/Mail Center Operator Administrative Assistant, Registrar's Office Switchboard Operator/Receptionist Administrative Assistant, Registrar's Office Director, Evening CoUege Administrative Assistant, Academic Affairs and Dean's Office Assistant Director of Admission Acquisitions Assistant, Library Trainer, Information Systems Systems Analyst, Information Systems Pool Operations Manager Administrative Assistant, Career Counsehng and Placement Choral Director Counselor, Admission Assistant Tennis Coach 240 Loren Martha W. Kathy Marty David Michelle Lee Brenda T. Arthur Tammy David Laine A. Pamela JayK. Lori Sylvia Nancy Barbara Stan Charles EmmaS. Glenda Darlene R. Lydia E. Shelly Phyllis D. PhilUp R. Sandra Mary Paul Pinkerman (1998) Pirkle (1994) Pirrman (2000) Pirrman (1999) Pugh (2001) Reeves (1998) Richter [1993) Riley [1989) Robinson [1998) Rogers [1992) Rowe [2000) Scott ( [1998) Scotto ( ;1998) Simmons ( [1997) Slay ( [1997) Smith ( 1985) Spradlin ( :2001) Storie ( :1992) Thangaraj ( 7001) Thompson ( 2001) Trammell ( 1992) Turner ( 1993) Weathers ( ^988) Wheitsel ( 1996) Whitaker ( 1999) Whitney ( 1998) Williamson ( 1969) WiUiamson ( 1999) Wilson ( 1994) Wolkoff ( 1997) Director, WiUiam and Evelyn Banks Library Director of Alumni and Parent Relations AppUcation Coordinator, Admission Controller, Business Office Dean of Students Financial Aid Assistant Golf Coach Secretary, Division of Business PubUc Services Librarian, Library Director of Donor Relations Vice President for Advancement Director of Writing Center Director of Counsehng Vice President for Academic Aifairs and Dean Cataloging and General Assistant, Library Director, Financial Aid Accounting Assistant, Business Office Secretary, Health and Physical Education Director of Community Service Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange College at Albany Information Specialist, Admission Office Resident Director of Hawkes Dorm Assistant Manager of Bookstore Executive Secretary to the President Softball Coach Executive Vice President for Administration Athletic Director Accounts Payable Specialist, Business Office Resident Director of Henry Dorm Athletic Trainer 241 INDEX A Associate Degree 11 Abbreviations 93 Academic Calendar 5 Academic Divisions 92 Academic Forgiveness 78 Academic Honors 76 Academic Load 79 Academic Programs 63 Academic Petition 82 Academic Regs. & Procs 71 Academic Standing 31, 74 Acceleration 75 Accreditation 1 1 ACT 18 Administration 237 Admission 18 Advanced Placement Tests 69, 75 Advisers 66 Albany Campus 12 Appeals 33, 53, 81 Assessment 65, 70 Athletics 46 Attendance, Regulations 75 Attendance, Class 75 Auditing Courses 23 Awards and Recognition 83 B Baccalaureate Degree Requirements 79 Building Descriptions 13 C Calendar, Academic 5 Career Planning 52 Change of Regulation 4 Conmiunications Directory 2 Conduct 49 Cooperative Programs 86 Core Program, Liberal Arts 67 CounseUng 52 Courses of Instruction Art and Design 95 Biology 101 Business 104 Accountancy 106 Economics 107 Finance 107 Management 109 Marketing 107 Chemistry 119 Computer Science 128 Core Courses 136 Education 138 EngUsh 145 French 171 General Science 152 German 172 Health & Physical Ed 153 History 159 Human Services 164 Latin American Studies 168 Library Science 173 Mathematics 174 Modem Language 171 Music 181 Nursing 191 Philosophy 211 Physics 199 PoUtical Science 200 Psychology 206 Rehgion 211 Spanish 169 Speech 218 Theatre Arts 219 Women's Studies 225 Course Repetition 75 Credit-By Examination and Exemption 69 Advanced Placement 75 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 75 Credit through USAFI and Service Schools 77 242 C (cont.) Curriculum (See Courses) D Day Clinic 17, 52 Dean's List 76 Declaration of Major 66 Degree Requirements 79 Degree Offered 63 Divisions, Academic 92 E Early Admission 20 Endowed Lectureships 82 Evening College 11 F Faculty 226 Federal Tax Credits 24 Fees 24 Financial Aid 28, 41 Financial Information... 23, 28, 41 Financial Planning 23 Foreign Language (See Latin American Studies) Fraternities 45 G Grade Points 74, 79 Grades and Credits 77 Graduation Petitions 77, 81, 82 Graduation Requirements 82 Grants-in-Aid 39 H Health Care 17, 52 History of the College 9 HoHdays (See Academic Calendar) Home Schooled Students 20 Honor Code 71 Honor Societies 45 Honors, Prizes and Awards 76 HOPE Scholarship 41 Housing Requirements 44 I Incomplete Grade 77 Independent Study 65 Infirmary (See Day Clinic) I (cont.) Information Systems 17 Information Technology and Academic Support Systems 55 Intercollegiate Athletics 46 Intramural Sports 47 International Students and Studies 22, 76 Internship (consult indv, depts.) J Joint Enrollment 20 L Lectures 49, 82 Library 13, 55 Loans 37 Location of College 9 Majors 63 Medical Care 17, 52 Minors 70 Mission Statement 9 N Non-degree student 21 Non-traditional student ( See Evening College Bulletin) O Officers, Administration 237 Officers, Board of Trustees 235 Organizations: Honorary 45 Rehgious 45 Service 45 Special Interests 46 Students 46 Orientation 73 Other Languages & Cultures .... 172 Overload 75 P Petition, Academic 82 Placement (Course) 69 Placement Services 52 Philosophy of College 9 Pre-professional Programs 86 243 P (cont.) President's Cabinet 237 Probation, Academic 74 Publications 45, 46 Q Quality Points 79 R Readmission 22 Refund Policy 25 Registration and Academic Advisers 73 Religion-in-Life Lectures Thompson Lectureship 83 Rehgious Life 48 Requirements: Admission 19 Degree 79 Graduation 82 Residence Requirements 44 Retired Faculty Members 235 Room and Board 44 S SAT 18 Satisfactory Academic Progress 31 Scholarships 34 Semester Hours 10 Session, Other 11 Sexual Harassment 50 Social Life 45, 49 Sororities, Social 45 Staff 238 Student Life 43 Student Conduct and Honor Code 71 Student Government 45 Student: Aid 28,30 Classification 44 Housing 15, 16, 44 Organizations 45 Pubhcations 45, 46 S (cont.) Student: Review of Decisions.... 50, 53, 81 Traditional Activities 49 Summer School 10 Summer Theatre Laboratory 219 Suspension 74 T Teacher Education and Certification 138 Testing 18,69 ACT 18 CEEB(SAT) 18 CLEP 69 Testing Fee 24 Time Restrictions: Major 65 Core Program 69 Financial Aid 32 Transcripts 81 Transfer, Admission of 21 Transfer Credit 18, 21, 79 Transient Student to and From LaGrange College 21 Trustees, Board of 235 Tuition and Fees: General Summary 23 Tutoring Center 55 V Vehicle Registration 53 W Withdrawal 74 Work Opportunities 41, 42 Writing Center 55 244 ..^>^^it^^"^' sA 245 247 248 ?i^ss r- G> Q) O ired as p range, G Congress thIy exce aGrange CD DO 5 o-S- g 50 (Q Q) is>H _CD Q. lt| G) C/) !^ .tk Q) > ^ >'^B GO CD 5 - Q) ^ c_8a o K) oi -J